Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 391

WCDMA RAN

HSDPA Feature Parameter


Description

Issue 02
Date 2014-09-15

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

Contents

1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1


1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................2
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.......................................................................................................................4

2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................8
2.1 General Principles of HSDPA........................................................................................................................................8
2.2 HSDPA Channels...........................................................................................................................................................9
2.2.1 HS-DSCH and HS-PDSCH.........................................................................................................................................9
2.2.2 HS-SCCH..................................................................................................................................................................10
2.2.3 HS-DPCCH...............................................................................................................................................................10
2.2.4 DPCCH and DPCH/F-DPCH....................................................................................................................................10
2.3 Impact of HSDPA on NEs............................................................................................................................................10
2.4 HSDPA Functions........................................................................................................................................................11
2.4.1 HSDPA Control Plane Functions..............................................................................................................................11
2.4.2 HSDPA User Plane Functions...................................................................................................................................13

3 Control Plane................................................................................................................................14
3.1 Bearer Mapping............................................................................................................................................................15
3.2 SRB over HSDPA........................................................................................................................................................16
3.2.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................16
3.2.2 F-DPCH Basic Principles..........................................................................................................................................16
3.2.3 Impacts on Other Functions.......................................................................................................................................20
3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based SRB H2D....................................................................................................21
3.3 Access Control..............................................................................................................................................................25
3.4 Mobility Management..................................................................................................................................................25
3.5 HSDPA over Iur...........................................................................................................................................................26
3.6 Channel Switching........................................................................................................................................................27
3.7 Load Control.................................................................................................................................................................29
3.8 Power Resource Management......................................................................................................................................29
3.9 Code Resource Management........................................................................................................................................30
3.9.1 HS-SCCH Code Resource Management...................................................................................................................30
3.9.2 HS-PDSCH Code Resource Management.................................................................................................................31

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

3.9.3 Dynamic Code Tree Reshuffling...............................................................................................................................33

4 User Plane.....................................................................................................................................35
4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control..........................................................................................................................36
4.1.1 Flow Control..............................................................................................................................................................36
4.1.2 Congestion Control....................................................................................................................................................37
4.2 Impact of HSDPA on the RLC and MAC-d Entities....................................................................................................37
4.2.1 Impact on the RLC Entity..........................................................................................................................................37
4.2.2 Impact on the MAC-d Entity.....................................................................................................................................38
4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling.....................................................................................................................................................38
4.3.1 Determining the Candidate Set..................................................................................................................................39
4.3.2 Calculating Scheduling Priorities..............................................................................................................................40
4.3.3 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex....................................................................................................................44
4.4 HARQ...........................................................................................................................................................................45
4.4.1 HARQ Retransmission Principles.............................................................................................................................45
4.4.2 Soft Combining During HARQ.................................................................................................................................46
4.4.3 Preamble and Postamble............................................................................................................................................46
4.5 TFRC Selection............................................................................................................................................................48
4.6 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization.............................................................................................................................50
4.7 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending.........................................................................................................................50
4.8 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target......................................................................................................51
4.9 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services..........................................................................................................52
4.10 Modulation Scheme....................................................................................................................................................53

5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated Services...................................55


5.1 QoS Management.........................................................................................................................................................56
5.2 Diff-Serv Management.................................................................................................................................................57

6 Related Features...........................................................................................................................59
6.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package............................................................................................................59
6.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA...............................................................................................................................59
6.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target............................................................................60
6.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location........................................................................................60
6.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization.............................................................................................................................60

7 Network Impact...........................................................................................................................62
7.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package............................................................................................................62
7.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA...............................................................................................................................62
7.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target............................................................................64
7.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location........................................................................................64
7.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization.............................................................................................................................64

8 Engineering Guidelines.............................................................................................................66
8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package............................................................................................................66

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

8.1.1 When to Use HSDPA Introduction Package.............................................................................................................66


8.1.2 Information to Be Collected......................................................................................................................................66
8.1.3 Feature Deployment..................................................................................................................................................66
8.1.4 Performance Monitoring............................................................................................................................................75
8.1.5 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................75
8.1.6 Troubleshooting.........................................................................................................................................................75
8.2 WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur.................................................................................................................................76
8.2.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................76
8.2.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................76
8.2.3 Activation..................................................................................................................................................................77
8.2.4 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................78
8.2.5 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................78
8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA...............................................................................................................................79
8.3.1 When to Use SRB over HSDPA................................................................................................................................79
8.3.2 Information to Be Collected......................................................................................................................................80
8.3.3 Feature Deployment..................................................................................................................................................80
8.3.4 Performance Monitoring............................................................................................................................................98
8.3.5 Parameter Optimization...........................................................................................................................................100
8.3.6 Troubleshooting.......................................................................................................................................................101
8.4 WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13.976Mbps per User.........................................................................................................101
8.5 WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell..........................................................................................................................102
8.6 WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex.......................................................................................105
8.7 WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF).............................................................106
8.8 WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation......................108
8.9 WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control...................................................................................................................111
8.10 WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28.....................................................................................................113
8.11 WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation.................................................................................................................114
8.12 WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB..................................................................................117
8.13 WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package............................................................................................................123
8.14 WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support...................................................................................................124
8.15 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR...........................................................................................126
8.16 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target........................................................................129
8.16.1 When to Use CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target.........................................................................129
8.16.2 Information to Be Collected..................................................................................................................................129
8.16.3 Feature Deployment..............................................................................................................................................129
8.16.4 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................133
8.16.5 Parameter Optimization.........................................................................................................................................133
8.16.6 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................................133
8.17 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location....................................................................................134
8.17.1 When to Use HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location.....................................................................................134
8.17.2 Information to Be Collected..................................................................................................................................134

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

8.17.3 Feature Deployment..............................................................................................................................................134


8.17.4 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................138
8.17.5 Parameter Optimization.........................................................................................................................................139
8.17.6 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................................139
8.18 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending.....................................................................................................................139
8.18.1 When to Use HSDPA Remaining Power Appending............................................................................................139
8.18.2 Information to Be Collected..................................................................................................................................139
8.18.3 Feature Deployment..............................................................................................................................................140
8.18.4 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................142
8.18.5 Parameter Optimization.........................................................................................................................................142
8.18.6 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................................143
8.19 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services......................................................................................................143
8.19.1 When to Use BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services.............................................................................143
8.19.2 Information to Be Collected..................................................................................................................................143
8.19.3 Feature Deployment..............................................................................................................................................143
8.20 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization.........................................................................................................................146
8.20.1 When to Use Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization................................................................................................146
8.20.2 Information to Be Collected..................................................................................................................................147
8.20.3 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................147
8.20.4 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................150
8.20.5 Parameter Optimization.........................................................................................................................................150
8.20.6 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................................151

9 Parameters...................................................................................................................................152
10 Counters....................................................................................................................................323
11 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................384
12 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................385

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes HSDPA, including its technical principles, related features, network
impact, and engineering guidelines.

This document covers the following features:

l WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package


l WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13.976Mbps per User
l WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur
l WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA
l WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell
l WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex
l WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF)
l WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation
l WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control
l WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28
l WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation
l WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB
l WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package
l WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support
l WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR
l WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target
l WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location

This document applies to the following NE types.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

NE Type NE Model

RNC BSC6900, BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,


BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
3800 series macro base stations: DBS3800, BTS3812E,
BTS3812AE

Micro BTS3803E, BTS3902E

LampSite DBS3900

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein
l Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes:

l Feature change
Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by
editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the affected entities

RAN16.0 02 (2014-09-15)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Change Description Parameter


Type Change

Feature Optimized the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB None
change H2D function. For details, see the following sections:
l 3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based SRB
H2D
l 7.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA
l 8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Change Change Description Parameter


Type Change

Editorial None None


change

RAN16.0 01 (2014-04-30)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Change Description Parameter


Type Change

Feature None None


change

Editorial The descriptions of the HSDPA inter-cell power sharing None


change function have been moved to Power Sharing Feature
Parameter Description.

RAN16.0 Draft B (2014-02-28)


This issue includes the following changes.

Change Change Description Parameter


Type Change

Feature None None


change

Editorial Added the descriptions about the feature and function None
change differences between NodeBs of different types. For
details, see section 1.4 Differences Between Base
Station Types.

RAN16.0 Draft A (2014-01-20)


Compared with Issue 03 (2013-12-30) of RAN15.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of RAN16.0 includes
the following changes.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Change Type Change Description Parameter


Change

Feature change Add the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function. For details, see
l 4.6 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization the following
sections: Added
l 6.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization the
l 7.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization CODEOPTSW
l 8.20 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization parameter.

Added the HSDPA inter-cell power sharing function. Added the


For details, see the following sections: PWSHM
l 3.8.2 HSDPA Inter-Cell Power Sharing parameter.

l 6.6 HSDPA Inter-Cell Power Sharing


l 7.6 HSDPA Inter-Cell Power Sharing
l 8.21 HSDPA Inter-Cell Power Sharing

Added descriptions about the impacts on active HSDPA None


cells when
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWI
TCH of the Preemption Enhancement Switch
parameter is set to ON. For details, see section
Activation(Using MML Commands).

M2000 has changed to U2000. None

Editorial The descriptions of the WRFD-01061006 HSDPA None


change Mobility Management feature have been moved to
Handover Feature Parameter Description.

The descriptions of the following features have moved None


to Management of HSPA Users per Cell Feature
Parameter Description:
l WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell
l WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell

Added the impacted feature of the WRFD-010610 None


HSDPA Introduction Package feature. For details, see
section Impacted Features.

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types


Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations

Feature Descripti Supported by Supporte Supported by Micro LampSit


ID on Controller(Y/N/NA) d by (Y/N/NA) e

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

BSC690 BSC691 Macro BTS380 BTS390


0 0 (Y/N/ 3E 2E
NA)

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
010610 Introduct
ion
Package

WRFD- QPSK NA NA Y Y Y Y
0106101 Modulati
7 on

WRFD- 15 Codes Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106100 per Cell
1

WRFD- Time Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106101 and HS-
8 PDSCH
Codes
Multiple
x

WRFD- HSDPA NA NA Y Y Y Y
0106100 H-ARQ
9 &
Scheduli
ng
(MAX
C/I, RR
and PF)

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106100 Static
5 Code
Allocati
on and
RNC-
Controll
ed
Dynamic
Code
Allocati
on

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106101 Dynamic
9 Power
Allocati
on

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106101 Flow
0 Control

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106100 UE
2 Category
1 to 28

WRFD- DL NA NA Y Y Y Y
010629 16QAM
Modulati
on

WRFD- Dynamic Y Y Y Y Y Y
010631 Code
Allocati
on Based
on
NodeB

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
010611 Enhance
d
Package

WRFD- Scheduli Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106110 ng based
3 on EPF
and GBR

WRFD- HS- Y Y Y Y Y Y
0106111 DPCCH
3 Preambl
e
Support

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
010651 over Iur

WRFD- SRB Y Y Y Y Y Y
010652 over
HSDPA

WRFD- CQI NA NA Y Y Y Y
030010 Adjustm
ent
Based on
Dynamic
BLER
Target

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

WRFD- HSDPA NA NA Y Y Y Y
140221 Scheduli
ng Based
on UE
Location

WRFD- HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y Y
010650 13.976M
bps per
User

NOTE

Y indicates that a feature is supported; N indicates that a feature is not supported; NA indicates that an NE is
not involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.

The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro, micro, and
LampSite base stations.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

2 Overview

2.1 General Principles of HSDPA


To meet the rapidly growing demands for data services on the mobile network, 3GPP Release
5 introduced HSDPA in 2005. HSDPA improves the downlink capacity, increases the user data
rate greatly, and reduces the transmission delay on the WCDMA network.

The characteristics of HSDPA are as follows:

Fast scheduling Fast scheduling introduced into the NodeB determines the UEs for data
transmission in each TTI (2 ms) and dynamically allocates resources to
these UEs. It improves the usage of system resources and increases the
system capacity.
For details about how Huawei RAN implements fast scheduling, see
section 4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling.

Fast HARQ Fast hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) is used to rapidly request
the retransmission of erroneously received data.
Specifically, when the UE detects an erroneous data transmission, it
saves the received data and requests the NodeB to retransmit the original
data at the physical layer. Before decoding, the UE performs soft
combining of the saved data and the retransmitted data. The combining
fully uses the data transmitted each time and therefore increases the
decoding success rate. In addition, the retransmission delay at the
physical layer is reduced greatly, compared with that at the RLC layer.
For details about how Huawei RAN implements fast HARQ, see section
4.4 HARQ.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Fast AMC To compensate for channel variations, the DCH performs power control.
To achieve this goal, HSDPA also performs fast adaptive modulation
and coding (AMC), that is, adjusts the modulation scheme and coding
rate in each TTI. AMC is based on the channel quality indicator (CQI)
reported by the UE, and its purpose is to select an appropriate
transmission rate to meet channel conditions. When the channel
conditions are good, 16QAM or 64QAM can be used to provide higher
transmission rates. When the channel conditions are poor, QPSK can be
used to ensure the transmission quality.
For details about how Huawei RAN implements fast AMC, see section
4.5 TFRC Selection.

The MAC-hs, a new MAC sublayer, is introduced into the UE and NodeB to support HSDPA.

2.2 HSDPA Channels


To support the HSDPA technologies, 3GPP defines one transport channel (HS-DSCH) and three
physical channels (HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, and HS-DPCCH).
Figure 2-1 shows the physical channels of HSDPA in the shaded area.

Figure 2-1 Physical channels of HSDPA

2.2.1 HS-DSCH and HS-PDSCH


HS-DSCH is a high-speed downlink shared channel. Its TTI is fixed to 2 ms. It may be mapped
onto one or more HS-PDSCHs.
HS-PDSCH is a high-speed physical downlink shared channel. Its spreading factor is fixed to
16. According to 3GPP TS 25.433, a maximum of 15 HS-PDSCHs can be used for transmission
at the same time. The number of HS-PDSCHs per cell is configurable.
The use of 2 ms TTI reduces the round trip time (RTT) on the Uu interface and, together with
AMC, improves the tracking of channel variations. In addition, the use of 2 ms TTI enables fast
scheduling and resource allocation and therefore improves the usage of transmission resources.
In each TTI, HSDPA assigns the HS-PDSCHs onto which the HS-DSCH maps. More HS-
PDSCHs can provide higher transmission rates.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Unlike the DCH, the HS-DSCH cannot support soft handover. The reason is that this type of
handover requires different cells to use the same radio resource for sending the same data to the
UE, but the scheduling function can be performed only within the cell.

2.2.2 HS-SCCH
HS-SCCH is a high-speed shared control channel. It carries the control information related to
the HS-PDSCH. The control information includes the UE identity, HARQ-related information,
and information about transport format and resource combination (TFRC). For each transmission
of the HS-DSCH, one HS-SCCH is required to carry the related control information. One cell
can be configured with several HS-SCCHs. The number of HS-SCCHs determines the maximum
number of UEs that can be scheduled simultaneously in each TTI.

2.2.3 HS-DPCCH
HS-DPCCH is a high speed dedicated physical control channel. In the uplink, each HSDPA UE
must be configured with an HS-DPCCH. This channel is mainly used by the UE to report the
CQI and whether a transport block is correctly received. The information about the transport
block is used for fast retransmission at the physical layer. The CQI is used for AMC and
scheduling to allocate Uu resources.

2.2.4 DPCCH and DPCH/F-DPCH


DPCCH is a dedicated physical control channel in the uplink. DPCH is a dedicated physical
channel in the downlink. F-DPCH is a fractional dedicated physical channel in the downlink.

The HSDPA UE must be configured with dedicated physical control channels in both the uplink
and the downlink.

The uplink DPCCH is used for closed-loop power control by working with the DPCH or F-
DPCH. In addition, the uplink DPCCH power is used as a reference for the HS-DPCCH power.

The downlink DPCH is used for inner-loop power control and as a reference for the HS-PDSCH
power.

Like the downlink DPCH, the F-DPCH is also used for inner-loop power control. The difference
is that each UE must have a downlink DPCH (SF256) whereas 10 UEs can share an F-DPCH
(SF256) to save downlink channel codes.

2.3 Impact of HSDPA on NEs


HSDPA has the following impacts on the RNC, NodeB, and UE.

On the control plane of the network side, the RNC processes the signaling about HSDPA cell
configuration, HS-DSCH related channel configuration, and mobility management. On the user
plane of the network side, the RLC layer and MAC-d of the RNC are unchanged. At the NodeB,
the MAC-hs is added to implement HSDPA scheduling, Uu resource allocation, AMC, and Iub
flow control. The MAC-hs implements these management functions in a short time. Therefore,
it reduces both unnecessary delays and processing complexity caused by Iub message exchange.

On the UE side, the MAC-hs is added between the MAC-d and the physical layer for data
reception. To support HSDPA (without considering HSPA evolution), 3GPP defines 12 UE
categories. These UEs support different peak rates at the physical layer, ranging from 912 kbit/

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

s to 14 Mbit/s. The UE of category 10 supports the highest rate. The UE of category 11 or 12


supports only the QPSK mode. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.306. Huawei RAN supports all the
UE categories.

Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of HSDPA UEs of different categories.

Table 2-1 Capabilities of HSDPA UEs of different categories

UE Category Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum


Number of TTI Number of Data Rate
HS-DSCH Data Blocks (Mbit/s)
Codes

1 5 3 7298 1.2

2 5 3 7298 1.2

3 5 2 7298 1.8

4 5 2 7298 1.8

5 5 1 7298 3.6

6 5 1 7298 3.6

7 10 1 14411 7.2

8 10 1 14411 7.2

9 15 1 20251 10.2

10 15 1 27952 14.4

11 5 2 3630 0.9

12 5 1 3630 1.8

2.4 HSDPA Functions


HSDPA functions are implemented on the HSDPA control plane and user plane.

2.4.1 HSDPA Control Plane Functions


The control plane is responsible for setting up and maintaining HS-DSCH connections and
managing cell resources.

Figure 2-2 shows the HSDPA control plane functions based on the service connection setup
and maintenance procedure.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Figure 2-2 HSDPA control plane functions

The HSDPA control plane functions are described as follows:


l Bearer mapping
The bearer mapping is used by the network side to configure the RAB during the setup of
a service connection in the cell. The network side then configures bearer channels for the
UE based on the requested service type, service rate, UE capability, and cell capability.
For details, see section 3.1 Bearer Mapping.
l Access control
Access control, a sub-function of load control, checks whether the current resources of the
cell are sufficient for the service connection setup. If the resources are insufficient,
intelligent access control is triggered. If the resources are sufficient, the service connection
can be set up.
For details, see section 3.3 Access Control.
l Mobility management
For the established HS-DSCH connection, mobility management decides whether to switch
it to another cell for providing better services, based on the channel quality of the UE.
For details, see section 3.4 Mobility Management.
l Channel switching
Channel switching is responsible for switching the transport channel among the HS-DSCH,
DCH, and FACH based on the requirements of mobility management or load control.
For details, see section 3.6 Channel Switching.
l Load control
When the cell load increases, the load control function adjusts the resources configured for
the established radio connections to avoid cell overload.
For details, see section 3.7 Load Control.
l Resource management
Resource management coordinates the power resource between the HS-DSCH and the
DCH and the code resource between the HS-SCCH and the HS-PDSCH. The downlink

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

power and codes are the bottleneck resources of the cell. Resource management can
increase the HSDPA capacity.
Power resource management reserves power for channels of different types and allocates
power for them. For details, see section 3.8 Power Resource Management.
Code resource management allocates and reserves code resources for channels of different
types. In addition, it collects and reshuffles idle code resources.
For details, see section 3.9 Code Resource Management.

2.4.2 HSDPA User Plane Functions


After the service is set up, the user plane is responsible for implementing data transmission.
Figure 2-3 shows the HSDPA user plane functions based on the data processing procedure.

Figure 2-3 HSDPA user plane functions

The service data is passed to the RLC layer and MAC-d of the RNC for processing and
encapsulation. Then, the MAC-d PDU is formed and passed through the Iub/Iur interface to the
NodeB/RNC. To avoid congestion, the flow control and congestion control functions control
the traffic on the Iub/Iur interface through the HS-DSCH frame protocol (3GPP TS 25.435).

After the MAC-d PDU is received by the NodeB, it is passed through the MAC-hs to the physical
layer and then sent out through the Uu interface. The MAC-hs provides MAC-hs scheduling,
TFRC selection, and HARQ. MAC-hs scheduling determines the HSDPA users in the cell for
data transmission. TFRC selection determines the transmission rates and Uu resources to be
allocated to the HSDPA UEs. HARQ is used to implement the hybrid automatic repeat request
function.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

3 Control Plane

This chapter consists of the following sections:

l 3.1 Bearer Mapping


l 3.2 SRB over HSDPA
l 3.3 Access Control
l 3.4 Mobility Management
l 3.6 Channel Switching
l 3.7 Load Control
l Power Resource Management
l 3.9 Code Resource Management

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

3.1 Bearer Mapping


The HS-DSCH can carry services of multiple types and service combinations, as listed in Table
3-1.

Table 3-1 Bearer mapping


CN Domain Service Type Can Be Carried on Optional Feature?
HS-DSCH?

- Signaling (SRB) Yes Yes


Feature name: SRB
over HSDPA

CS Voice Yes Yes


Feature name: CS
Voice over HSPA/
HSPA+

Videophone No No

Streaming No No

PS Conversational Yes Yes


Feature name: VoIP
over HSPA/HSPA+

Streaming Yes Yes


Feature name:
Streaming Traffic
Class on HSDPA

Interactive Yes No

Background Yes No

IMS signaling Yes Yes


Feature name: IMS
Signaling over
HSPA

MBMS PTP Yes Yes


Feature name:
MBMS P2P over
HSDPA

During the service setup, the RNC selects appropriate channels based on the UE capability, cell
capability, and service parameters to optimize the use of cell resources and ensure the QoS.
Huawei RAN supports the setting of the types of RABs carried on the HS-DSCH according to
service requirements. For details, see Radio Bearers Feature Parameter Description.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

3.2 SRB over HSDPA

3.2.1 Overview

Introduction
l SRB over HSDPA
SRB over HSDPA enables a UE's downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) to be carried
on the HS-DSCH.
SRB over HSDPA is introduced in 3GPP Release 6 and is supported by RAN10.0 and later
versions.
l F-DPCH
After SRB over HSDPA takes effect, the A-DPCH is replaced by an F-DPCH. If a UE uses
SRB over HSDPA, the transmit power control (TPC) command is transmitted to the UE
on an F-DPCH.
The F-DPCH carries only the TPC commands sent from the NodeB to UEs.

Benefits
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSDPA provides the following benefits:

l Provides higher signaling rates, thereby shortening call setup delay.


l Saves downlink code resources.

However, this feature increases the call drop ratio of HSDPA services.

For details about the benefits and network impacts of SRB over HSDPA, see section 7.2
WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA.

3.2.2 F-DPCH Basic Principles

F-DPCH Frame Format


Figure 3-1 shows the F-DPCH frame format.

If a UE is configured with the F-DPCH, all the RBs (including SRBs and TRBs) for this UE are
mapped onto the HS-PDSCH, and the DPDCH does not need to be configured. (TRB is short
for traffic radio bearer.) The F-DPCH replaces the A-DPCH and carries only TPC commands
because the pilot and transport format combination indicator (TFCI) are no more required.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Figure 3-1 F-DPCH frame format

For details about the frame formats of the A-DPCH and F-DPCH, see the following sections in
3GPP TS 25.211 V9.0.0:

l A-DPCH: 5.3.2 Dedicated Downlink Physical Channels


l F-DPCH: 5.3.2.6 Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel (F-DPCH)

In 3GPP Release 6, each timeslot of the F-DPCH frame can use only timeslot format 0, and
therefore the bit position of the TPC command is fixed. In 3GPP Release 7, the enhanced F-
DPCH with timeslot formats 1 to 9 is introduced. Table 3-2 lists the F-DPCH frame formats.

Table 3-2 F-DPCH frame formats

Tim Channel Channel SF Bits NOFF1 NTPC NOFF2


eslo Bit Rate Symbol per
(bits/ (bits/ (bits/
t (kbit/s) Rate Timesl
timesl timeslot) timeslot)
For (kbps) ot
ot)
mat

0 3 1.5 256 20 2 2 16

1 3 1.5 256 20 4 2 14

2 3 1.5 256 20 6 2 12

3 3 1.5 256 20 8 2 10

4 3 1.5 256 20 10 2 8

5 3 1.5 256 20 12 2 6

6 3 1.5 256 20 14 2 4

7 3 1.5 256 20 16 2 2

8 3 1.5 256 20 18 2 0

9 3 1.5 256 20 0 2 18

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

F-DPCH Multiplexing
An F-DPCH can be shared by up to 10 UEs through time division multiplexing, as shown in
Figure 3-2. These UEs can be differentiated by using different time offset.

Figure 3-2 F-DPCH multiplexing

An F-DPCH can be shared by up to 10 UEs, and the RNC uses ten symbols to specify the resource
usage of an F-DPCH. If an F-DPCH has available symbols, a new UE can use this F-DPCH
when it is admitted to the cell. Otherwise, the RNC allocates a new F-DPCH to the UE after
admission.

Enhanced F-DPCH
In 3GPP Release 6, the TPC commands sent on the F-DPCH in different cells to a UE must have
the same time offset. Therefore, when a UE adds a radio link during a soft handover, the UE
needs to apply for a new F-DPCH if the F-DPCH configured for the target cell does not have an
available symbol with the same time offset (as illustrated in Figure 3-3). As a result, F-DPCH
channelization codes cannot be fully utilized.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Figure 3-3 F-DPCH complying with 3GPP Release 6

In 3GPP Release 7, the TPC commands sent on the F-DPCH in different cells to a UE can have
different time offsets with the introduction of the enhanced F-DPCH with nine timeslot formats
(as shown in Table 3-2). Therefore, during a soft handover, a UE can use the F-DPCH configured
for the target cell if the F-DPCH has an available symbol (as shown in Figure 3-4). In this way,
F-DPCH channelization codes can be fully utilized.

The TPC commands from different cells may require a timeslot to aggregate because the
enhanced F-DPCH can be configured with different timeslot formats. As a result, the aggregated
TPC commands can only be used to adjust the transmit power on the uplink DPCCH in the next
timeslot. Compared with the F-DPCH in 3GPP Release 6, the enhanced F-DPCH cannot perform
uplink power control in time. In 3GPP Release 6, the TPC commands from different cells require
only one tenth of a timeslot to aggregate because the TPC commands are basically mapped to
the same position in an F-DPCH frame. In this case, the aggregated TPC commands can be used
to adjust the transmit power on the uplink DPCCH in the current timeslot.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Figure 3-4 Enhanced F-DPCH introduced in 3GPP Release 7

To support the enhanced F-DPCH, the HspaEnhSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the


ADD/MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH command needs to be set to E_F_DPCH_ON.

Power Control on the F-DPCH


Power control on the F-DPCH includes open-loop power control and closed-loop power control.
For details, see sections "Downlink Open Loop Power Control on F-DPCH", "Downlink Inner
Loop Power Control in Normal Mode on DPCH/F-DPCH", and "Downlink Inner Loop Power
Control in Compressed Mode on DPCH/F-DPCH" in Power Control Feature Parameter
Description.

3.2.3 Impacts on Other Functions


This section describes the functions impacted by the SRB over HSDPA feature. Unless otherwise
stated, SRB over HSDPA does not affect other downlink functions used by an HSDPA UE.

Radio Bearers
l During RRC connection setup, SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH if the following
conditions are met:
– The SrbChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSDPA or HSPA.
– The SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to TRUE.
l During TRB setup, SRBs that were not previously carried on the HS-DSCH can be
reconfigured on the HS-DSCH if the following conditions are met:
– The SrbChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSDPA or HSPA.
– All the downlink TRBs for a UE are carried on the HS-DSCH.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

NOTE

The RNC configures the F-DPCH and SRB over HSDPA functions for a UE only when all cells in the
active set for the UE support the F-DPCH.

During RRC connection setup, if SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH, not on the DCH, UEs can
initiate only hard handovers in the downlink and the gains produced by maximum-ratio
combination of soft handovers are sacrificed. In this case, the RAB setup success ratio decreases.
Therefore, it is recommended that the SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter be set to FALSE.

The RAN supports the handover between cells supporting SRB over DCH and cells supporting
SRB over HS-DSCH. For example, if the target cell for a handover supports SRB over HS-
DSCH but the source cell does not, a UE can use SRB over HS-DSCH after being handed over
to the target cell. If the target cell for a handover does not support SRB over HS-DSCH but the
source cell does, SRBs of a UE are switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH after the UE is
handed over to the target cell.

Scheduling
On the HS-DSCH, the NodeB preferentially schedules the SRBs.

TFRC Selection
To reduce the impact of this feature on the HSDPA call drop ratio, the NodeB reduces the value
of the channel quality indicator (CQI) reported by a UE when performing the transport format
and resource combination (TFRC) selection. In this way:

l When power resources in a cell are sufficient, the NodeB increases the transmit power of
the SRB queue. The transmit power can be increased to a value equal to the smaller of the
available HSPA power in the current transmission time interval (TTI) and the value of the
EXTRAPOWERFORSRB parameter.
l When power resources in a cell are insufficient, the NodeB reduces the size of the data
block to be sent in the SRB queue. The size can be reduced to the same value as that of a
MAC-ehs packet data unit (PDU).
For details about how to calculate the size of a MAC-ehs PDU, see section 4.2.1 Impact
on the RLC Entity.

The reduction in the CQI value is controlled by the EXTRAPOWERFORSRBparameter in the


NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. If this parameter is set to 0, the
transmit power of the SRB queue cannot be increased and the size of the data block to be sent
in the SRB queue cannot be reduced.

3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based SRB H2D

Overview
The weak coverage- and low load-based SRB switchover from the HS-DSCH to the DCH (SRB
H2D) function is used to counteract the increase in the HSDPA call drop ratio caused by SRB
over HSDPA. You can select the DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH check
box under the DraSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to enable this function.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

With this function, SRBs of a UE using SRB over HS-DSCH are switched from the HS-DSCH
to the DCH when the UE is located in weak-coverage areas and a low-load cell. Using this
approach counteracts the increase in the HSDPA call drop ratio, but sacrifices the positive gains
produced by SRB over HS-DSCH in code resources. However, when a UE is located in good-
coverage areas or a high-load cell, the UE continues to use SRB over HS-DSCH, providing
positive gains in code resources.

For a UE in access mode or a UE in connected mode, the RNC determines whether to trigger
the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D function. In this document, the UE in access
mode refers to a UE that has just entered the CELL_DCH state, and the UE in connected mode
refers to a UE transmitting data in the CELL_DCH state.

The RNC triggers this function for a UE in access mode only in the following scenarios:

l RRC connection setup (such as state transition from idle to CELL_DCH)


l State transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D), CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH
(P2D), or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (U2D)
l Combined hard handover and serving radio network system (SRNS) relocation
l Inter-RAT handover from GSM to UMTS

Determination on Low Load and Weak Coverage

Determination on Low Load


When RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14 under the RsvSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is set to 1, the RNC determines that a cell
is lightly loaded only when downlink non-HSPA power resources and downlink code resources
meet the following two conditions. If either downlink non-HSPA power resources or downlink
code resources do not meet the condition, the RNC considers the cell to be heavily loaded.

When RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14 is set to 0, the RNC determines that a cell is lightly


loaded when downlink non-HSPA power resources meet the first condition. If downlink non-
HSPA power resources do not meet the first condition, the RNC considers the cell to be heavily
loaded.

l The load of the downlink non-HSPA power load state is less than or equal to that of the
state specified by the SrbH2DNonHLoadState(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
The downlink non-HSPA power load state of a cell is classified into light state, normal
state, loaded state, heavy state, and overload state. For detailed descriptions of these states,
see Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description.

TheSrbH2DNonHLoadState parameter in the SETUCHLQUALITYEVALUATE command


indicates the initial state of the downlink low non-HSPA power load. The default value of the
SrbH2DNonHLoadState parameter is DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE.

l The spreading factor (SF) corresponding to the remaining code of a cell is greater than or
equal to the value of the CellLdrSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD/
MOD UCELLLDR command.

The cell in this section refers to the serving cell or best cell where services are set up.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Determination on Weak Coverage


The RNC determines whether a UE using this feature is located in weak-coverage areas based
on the P-CPICH's received signal code power (RSCP) and Ec/N0.

l For a UE in access mode, the RNC obtains the RSCP and Ec/N0 from the messages and
events reported by the UE in the following scenarios:
– RRC connection setup (such as state transition from idle to CELL_DCH) scenario where
the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is reported
– P2D or U2D state transition scenario where the CELL UPDATE message is reported
– F2D state transition scenario where event 4A based on the uplink traffic volume is
reported
l For a UE in connected mode, the RNC obtains the RSCP and Ec/N0 as follows:
The RNC initiates the periodic intra-frequency measurement and requires a UE to
periodically report the RSCP and Ec/N0 of intra-frequency cells. For details, see Handover
Feature Parameter Description.

The RSCP and Ec/N0 values are valid for the period specified by the EcN0EffectTime
(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter, starting from the time the RNC receives a message or event
containing the RSCP and Ec/N0. The EcN0EffectTime(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter can be
set by running the RNC-level command SET UFRC or the cell-level command ADD/MOD
UCELLFRC. When the EcN0EffectTime(BSC6900,BSC6910)parameter is set both at the cell
level and at the RNC level, the cell-level setting prevails.

During RRC connection setup, TRB setup, or state transition, the RSCP and Ec/N0 may become
invalid. For example, in a combined hard handover and SRNS relocation or inter-RAT handover
from GSM to UMTS, the RSCP and Ec/N0 become invalid during the RRC connection setup
or TRB setup. In this case, the RNC determines whether a UE is located in weak-coverage areas
as follows:

l If the RSCP or Ec/N0 becomes invalid, the other is used.


l If both the RSCP and Ec/N0 become invalid, the Ec/N0 value that is set by the FakeEcNo
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UFRC command is used.

The RNC determines that a UE using this feature is located in weak-coverage areas when any
of the following conditions is met:

l The value of the latest valid RSCP reported by a UE is less than or equal to the value of
the SrbOverHsdpaRscpDownThd parameter.
l The value of the latest valid Ec/N0 reported by a UE is less than or equal to the value of
the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThd parameter.

The RNC determines that a UE using this feature is located in good-coverage areas when the
following conditions are met:

l The value of the latest valid RSCP reported by a UE is greater than the value of the
SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpThd parameter.
l The value of the latest valid Ec/N0 reported by a UE is greater than the value of the
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThd parameter.

These parameters are set by running the SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE command. Table
3-3 defines these parameters.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Table 3-3 Parameter definitions

Parameter Definition Recomme Recommende


nded GUI d Actual
Value Value

SrbOverHsdpaRscp- Lower RSCP threshold for -110 -110 dBm


DownThd enabling SRBs to be carried on
the HS-DSCH

SrbOverHsdpaRsc- Upper RSCP threshold for -105 -105 dBm


pUpThd enabling SRBs to be carried on
the HS-DSCH

SrbOverHsdpaEcn0Do Lower Ec/N0 threshold for 17 -16 dB


wnThd enabling SRBs to be carried on
the HS-DSCH

SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpT Upper Ec/N0 threshold for 23 -13 dB


hd enabling SRBs to be carried on
the HS-DSCH

In most cases, the RNC determines whether a UE is located in weak-coverage areas by using
the RSCP or Ec/N0 of the low-load cell. If a UE does not report the RSCP or Ec/N0 of the low-
load cell, for example, in RAB DRD scenarios, the RNC determines whether the UE is located
in weak-coverage areas by using the RSCP or Ec/N0 of the cell where the RRC connection is
set up.

SRB H2D/D2H

SRB H2D for a UE in Access Mode


If a UE in access mode supporting SRB over HSDPA is located in a low-load cell in weak
coverage areas, downlink SRBs of the UE are carried on the DCH. If such a UE is located in
good coverage areas or in a high-load cell, downlink SRBs of the UE are carried on the HS-
DSCH.

SRB H2D for a UE in Connected Mode


The RNC sends a periodic measurement control message to a UE in connected mode. If the
downlink SRBs of a UE are carried on the HS-DSCH, the RNC performs the following
operations upon receiving the periodic measurement report from the UE:

l The RNC triggers a reconfiguration procedure to switch downlink SRBs from the HS-
DSCH to the DCH if the UE is located in a low-load cell in weak coverage areas.

SRB D2H for a UE in Connected Mode


If the SRBs of a UE in access or connected mode are switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH
due to coverage or load reasons, or if the SRBs of a UE in access mode are switched from the
HS-DSCH to the DCH due to non-coverage or non-load reasons, the SRBs can be switched from

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

the DCH back to the HS-DSCH only when the UE is in connected mode. The SRB D2H in this
scenario is valid only when RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5 under the RsvSwitch11
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is set to 1. In
addition, the UE cannot perform the following operations before the service release:
l Periodic DRD for SRB over HS-DSCH
l SRB D2H retry during traffic-volume-based DCCC rate increase
When the downlink SRBs of a UE in connected mode are carried on the DCH, the RNC triggers
a reconfiguration procedure to switch downlink SRBs from the DCH to the HS-DSCH upon
receiving the periodic measurement report from the UE if the following conditions are met:
l The reports from the UE are valid in three consecutive measurement periods.
l The UE is located in good coverage areas or a high-load cell when the three measurement
reports are reported.
If RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5 under the RsvSwitch11(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is set to 0, the UEs in connected mode whose the
SRBs have been switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH due to non-coverage or non-load
reasons can perform the preceding SRB D2H retry operations before the service release. The
preceding SRB D2H retry operations consider neither coverage nor load and increase the call
drop possibility in weak coverage areas. Therefore, RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5 must
be set to 1 to counteract the impact on the HSDPA call drop ratio.

3.3 Access Control


Access control determines whether an HS-DSCH connection can be set up under the
precondition that the QoS is ensured. The determination is based on the status of cell resources
and the situation of Iub/Iur congestion. When the resources are insufficient, the HS-DSCH is
switched to the DCH and only the DCH connection is set up. When the resources are sufficient,
the DCH is switched to the HS-DSCH. The implementation of this function requires the support
of channel switching. For details, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
Access control allows the HSDPA UE to access an inter-frequency neighboring cell that has the
same-coverage area as the source cell. The purpose is to achieve load balance between the cells
and improve HSDPA user experience. This is HSDPA directed retry decision (DRD), an optional
feature. For details, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

3.4 Mobility Management


The DCH supports soft handover, and therefore downlink data can be concurrently sent out from
all the cells in the active set in DCH transmission. In comparison, the HS-DSCH does not support
soft handover, and therefore downlink data can be sent out only from the HS-DSCH serving cell
and inter-cell handover has to be performed through the change of the serving cell. Therefore,
HSDPA mobility management (WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility Management) focuses on
the change of the HS-DSCH serving cell.
For the UE with the HS-DSCH service, the best cell in the active set acts as the HS-DSCH
serving cell. When the best cell changes, the UE disconnects the HS-DSCH from the source cell
and attempts to set up a new HS-DSCH connection with the new best cell. For details, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description. By changing the HS-DSCH switching threshold, you
can modify the conditions for triggering the change of the best cell. Lowering this threshold can

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

increase both the handover frequency and the sensitivity of HS-DSCH switching to signal
variations in the serving cell. Raising this threshold can reduce the handover frequency but may
increase the probability of the HS-DSCH service being discontinuous or even dropping on the
cell edge. For the HS-DSCH service, Huawei supports inter-cell intra-frequency handover, inter-
cell inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover.
Mobility management may trigger the switching from the HS-DSCH to the DCH. If the UE with
the HS-DSCH service cannot set up the HS-DSCH connection with the target cell, the channel
switching function, together with mobility management, switches the HS-DSCH to the DCH.
When the HS-DSCH connection is available, the channel switching function switches the DCH
back to the HS-DSCH. When the HSDPA user returns from the DCH cell to the HSDPA cell,
the DCH is set up to ensure successful handover. A certain period (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) later after the handover, the channel switching function switches the
DCH to the HS-DSCH. For details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description and section
3.6 Channel Switching.

3.5 HSDPA over Iur


Overview
HSDPA over Iur (WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur) is a feature that enables HSDPA services
to be carried on the Iur interface.
The HSDPA over Iur feature provides continuous HSDPA services for UEs moving between
RNCs.
Table 3-4 describes the requirements of HSDPA over Iur for NEs.

Table 3-4 Requirements of HSDPA over Iur for NEs

NE Requirement

CN None

RNC The RNC must support HSDPA over Iur.

NodeB None

UE UEs must support HSDPA.

Basic Principle
HSDPA over Iur is introduced in 3GPP Release 5. This feature can be applied when the HSDPA
serving cell is under the drifting RNC (DRNC).
HSDPA over Iur provides the following functions:
l HSDPA service management over Iur
HSDPA service management over Iur involves HSDPA service setup, modification,
release, and state transition over the Iur interface.
The HSDPA service of a UE can be set up, modified, or released over the Iur interface if
one of the following conditions is met:

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

– The UE is in CELL_DCH state and a DRNC cell is in the active set.


– The UE is in CELL_FACH state and camps on a DRNC cell.
Whether the Iur interface supports HSDPA services can be set through the
IurHsdpaSuppInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l HSDPA mobility management over Iur
HSDPA mobility management over Iur involves hard handover, cell update due to radio
link failure, and serving cell change over the Iur interface.
l HSDPA static relocation
When HSDPA services are carried on the Iur interface and only the target RNC provides
radio links, HSDPA static relocation can be triggered if the Iur interface is congested.
l HSDPA service pre-emption at the DRNC
When a new HSDPA service cannot be admitted to the network, the controlling RNC
(CRNC) may trigger a pre-emption of other HSDPA services that have lower priorities. If
the CRNC is the DRNC, it sends a RADIO LINK PREEMPTION REQUIRED
INDICATION message to the serving RNC (SRNC), and then the SRNC releases the
HSDPA services specified in the message.

3.6 Channel Switching


After the HS-DSCH is introduced, the UE can stay in a new state, CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH).
Therefore, there are additional transitions between CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH) and
CELL_FACH and transitions between CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH) and CELL_DCH even
when both the cell and the UE support the HS-DSCH, as shown in Figure 3-5.

Figure 3-5 UE state transition (WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition)

Table 3-5 lists new state transition and new channel switching.

Table 3-5 New state transition and new channel switching

New State Transition New Channel Switching

CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH) <-> HS-DSCH <-> FACH


CELL_FACH

CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH) <-> HS-DSCH <-> DCH


CELL_DCH

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Here, the switching between HS-DSCH and FACH can be triggered by traffic volume, which
is similar to the switching between DCH and FACH. For details, see State Transition Feature
Parameter Description.

In addition, when the cell load is too high, load control may also trigger the switching from the
HS-DSCH to the FACH to relieve congestion. For details, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.

As the HS-DSCH is introduced later, it is inevitable that some cells support the HS-DSCH but
others do not. This is also the case with UEs. When a service is set up, the channel switching
function selects an appropriate bearer channel based on the cell capability and UE capability to
ensure the QoS while efficiently using the cell resources. When the user is moving, the channel
switching function adjusts the channel type based on the UE capability to ensure service
continuity while improving user experience.

Figure 3-6 Relationships between channel switching and other functions

Triggers for switching from the HS-DSCH to the DCH are as follows:

l The HS-DSCH is selected during the service setup but neither the resources of the serving
cell nor the resources of the inter-frequency same-coverage neighboring cell are sufficient.
In this case, the HS-DSCH is switched to the DCH. This function is achieved by means of
non-periodic directed retry decision (DRD). For details about non-periodic DRD, see
Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
l The HS-DSCH serving cell changes. The UE attempts to set up a new HS-DSCH connection
with the new best cell. In such a case, the possible scenarios are as follows:
– If the new best cell does not support the HS-DSCH, the UE cannot set up the HS-DSCH
connection. In this case, the HS-DSCH is switched to the DCH.
– If the new best cell supports the HS-DSCH but a new HS-DSCH connection cannot be
set up because the resources are insufficient, the DCH connection is set up and the HS-
DSCH is switched to this DCH.
For details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
l The user moves from a cell supporting the DCH but not supporting the HS-DSCH to a cell
supporting the HS-DSCH. In this case, the DCH connection is also set up because the DCH
supports soft handover, which can increase the handover success rate.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

In one of the cases described previously, the DCH connection is set up in a cell supporting the
HS-DSCH or in an inter-frequency same-coverage neighboring cell supporting the HS-DSCH.
Then, the DCH is switched to the HS-DSCH by either of the following mechanisms:

l Channel switching based on timer


After the DCH connection is set up, this mechanism periodically attempts to switch the
DCH to the HS-DSCH. This function is achieved by means of periodic DRD. For details
about periodic DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
l Channel switching based on traffic volume
When the traffic volume of the UE increases and the RNC receives a 4A event report, this
mechanism attempts to switch the DCH to the HS-DSCH. For details on the 4A event report,
see State Transition Feature Parameter Description.

3.7 Load Control


When the cell is congested, load control selects some users (including HSDPA users) for
congestion relief. The selection is based on the integrated priority, which considers the allocation
retention priority (ARP), traffic class (TC), traffic handling priority (THP), and bearer type.
When the cell load is high, the basic congestion control selects some HSDPA users for handover
to an inter-frequency same-coverage neighboring cell or an inter-RAT neighboring cell with
lower load. When the cell load is too high, the overload congestion control selects some HSDPA
BE services for the switching to a common channel or releases some HSDPA services. For
details, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

3.8 Power Resource Management


Power resource management (WRFD-01061019 HSDPA Dynamic Power Allocation)
determines the transmit power of the HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, and HS-DPCCH.

The downlink power resources of HSDPA can be dynamically allocated as follows:

l The downlink power resources are first reserved for common physical channels and
allocated to the DPCH. The remaining power resources are available for HSPA, including
HSUPA and HSDPA.
l The HSPA power resources are first allocated to the HSUPA downlink control channels,
including the E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH. The remaining power resources are
available for HSDPA.
l The HSDPA power resources are first allocated to the downlink control channel HS-SCCH.
For details, see Power Control Feature Parameter Description. The remaining power
resources are allocated to the traffic channel HS-PDSCH.

For details on power resource allocation, see section 4.5 TFRC Selection.

Figure 3-7 shows the dynamic HSDPA power resource allocation.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Figure 3-7 Dynamic HSDPA power resource allocation

Every TTI, the NodeB detects the power usage of R99 channels to determine the power available
for HSPA. To reserve the power for R99 power control itself, the power margin PwrMgn needs
to be set on the NodeB side. In addition, the power allocated to HSPA must not exceed the
maximum permissible power HspaPower(BSC6900,BSC6910), which can be set on the RNC
side.

For details on uplink HS-DPCCH power control, see Power Control Feature Parameter
Description.

3.9 Code Resource Management


Code resource management allocates code resources to the HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH.

The NodeB supports HS-DSCH transmissions to multiple users in parallel in a TTI. If more than
one HS-PDSCH code can be allocated by the NodeB, then code multiplexing can be used to
allocate the codes to multiple users to improve resource usage and system throughput.

3.9.1 HS-SCCH Code Resource Management


Each HS-SCCH uses an SF128 code. The number of HS-SCCHs determines the maximum
number of HSDPA users that can be scheduled simultaneously in a TTI. Generally, the number
of HS-SCCHs depends on the traffic characteristics of the cell. The default number is 4, which
is specified by the parameter HsScchCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the RNC side. If the
default number is used, the HS-PDSCH can use only 14 SF16 codes. To enable the HS-PDSCH
to use 15 SF16 codes, you are advised to configure 2 HS-SCCHs.

The dynamic HS-SCCH code allocation function is introduced to save HS-SCCH and E-RGCH/
EHICH codes and to enable the HS-PDSCH to use 15 SF16 codes. With this function, the RNC
and NodeB dynamically allocate codes to the HS-SCCH and E-RGCH/EHICH without
sacrificing the functions of the HS-SCCH and E-RGCH/EHICH. This function improves

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 30


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

HSDPA throughput. This function takes effect only when DynHsscchAllocSwitch is set to on.
It is recommended for cells where the number of HSDPA users is small.

3.9.2 HS-PDSCH Code Resource Management


This section describes the feature WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-
Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation and the feature WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation
Based on NodeB.

The transport channel HS-DSCH is mapped on one or several High-Speed Physical Downlink
Shared Channels (HS-PDSCHs) which are simultaneously received by the UE. As indicated in
3GPP specifications, there are up to 15 HS-PDSCHs per cell with the spreading factor fixed to
16.

The number of the HS-PDSCHs per NodeB is configurable and dependent on the license. The
license specifies the maximum number of SF16 codes purchased by the operator. The license
works at the NodeB level, which means all cells under a NodeB share the license. The NodeB
can dynamically allocate license codes to the HS-PDSCHs between cells based on the actual
requirements. The number of available HS-PDSCH codes for a cell is the number of license
codes allocated by the NodeB or the number of HS-PDSCH codes allocated by the function of
HS-PDSCH code resource management, whichever is smaller.

The function of HS-PDSCH code resource management is used to share the cell code resources
between DPCH and HS-PPDCH in a cell. As the DPCH and the HS-PDSCH coexist in a cell,
sharing the cell code resources between them is of critical importance in HSDPA code resource
management.

The function of HS-PDSCH code resource management supports both RNC-level and NodeB-
level code resource management. RNC-controlled static or dynamic code allocation is enabled
through the parameter AllocCodeMode(BSC6900,BSC6910). NodeB-controlled dynamic code
allocation is enabled through the parameter DynCodeSw.

l If the RNC-controlled static code allocation is used:


The number of reserved HS-PDSCH codes is specified by the cell-level parameter
HsPdschCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910). Based on the reserved number, the RNC
reserves codes for the HS-PDSCH. The DPCH, HS-SCCH, and common channels use the
other codes. The cell-level parameter HsPdschCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) can be set
based on the traffic characteristics of the cell.
Figure 3-8 shows the RNC-controlled static code allocation.

Figure 3-8 RNC-controlled static code allocation

l If the RNC-controlled dynamic code allocation is used:


– The minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes is specified by the cell-level parameter
HsPdschMinCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910). The purpose of this setting is to prevent

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

too many DCH users from being admitted and to ensure the basic data transmission of
the HS-PDSCH.
– The maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes is specified by the cell-level parameter
HsPdschMaxCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910). The purpose of this setting is to prevent
too many codes from being allocated for the HS-PDSCH and to prevent DCH users
from preempting codes during admission.
– The number of codes that can be shared between HS-PDSCH and DPCH is equal to the
value of HsPdschMaxCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) minus the value of
HsPdschMinCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910), as shown in Figure 3-9. When a code
that can be shared is idle, it can be allocated to the HS-PDSCH if the idle code is adjacent
to the allocated HS-PDSCH codes.

Figure 3-9 RNC-controlled dynamic code allocation

l If the NodeB-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation is used:


Generally, the NodeB can use the HS-PDSCH codes only allocated by the RNC. The
NodeB-controlled dynamic code allocation, however, allows the NodeB to temporarily
allocate idle codes to the HS-PDSCH.
Every TTI, the NodeB detects the SF16 codes that are not allocated to the HS-PDSCH. If
such an SF16 code or any of its subcodes is allocated by the RNC to the DCH or a common
channel, this SF16 code is regarded as occupied. Otherwise, it is regarded as unoccupied.
Therefore, the available HS-PDSCH codes include the codes reserved by the RNC and the
idle codes adjacent to the allocated HS-PDSCH codes.
If the setup of an RL requires a DPCH code that is already allocated by the NodeB to the
HS-PDSCH, the NodeB releases this code and allocates it to an R99 user. Then, the NodeB
sends an NBAP message to the RNC, indicating that the RL is set up successfully.

Figure 3-10 NodeB-controlled dynamic code allocation

The dynamic code allocation controlled by the NodeB is more flexible than the dynamic code
allocation controlled by the RNC. The dynamic code allocation controlled by the NodeB shortens
the code allocation duration and reduces the number of Iub signaling messages transmitted for
code reallocation.
If NodeB-controlled dynamic code allocation is enabled, the RNC-controlled dynamic code
allocation is disabled dynamically.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Huawei recommends the following code allocation modes, where the first mode is preferred:

l Configure the RNC to use static code allocation and the NodeB to use dynamic code
allocation.
l If the NodeB does not support dynamic code allocation, configure the RNC to use dynamic
code allocation.

If not all the NodeBs controlled by an RNC support dynamic code allocation, the RNC-controlled
dynamic code allocation is recommended. In this case, the NodeB-controlled dynamic code
allocation can also be enabled for those supporting NodeBs.

3.9.3 Dynamic Code Tree Reshuffling


The HS-PDSCH can use only continuous SF16 codes, regardless of whether the RNC or NodeB
controls the dynamic code allocation. By reallocating DPCH or F-DPCH codes, the dynamic
code tree reshuffling function can maximize the number of continuous SF16 codes available for
the HS-PDSCH.

Dynamic code tree reshuffling takes effect only when the following conditions are met:

l The cell is not in the basic congestion state that is triggered by code resource. For details
about basic congestion state, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
l The switch parameter CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON. In this
case, the RNC moves the codes occupied by R99 users leftward along the code tree and
thereby releases shared codes that are close to HS-PDSCH codes. Figure 3-11 shows how
this works.

When the RNC-controlled dynamic code allocation or the NodeB-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation is enabled, codes released by means of dynamic code tree reshuffling can be used by
the HS-PDSCH to improve throughput for HSDPA users.

Whether the F-DPCH codes can be reallocated through dynamic code tree reshuffling is
determined by the parameter DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH in the MML command ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH

When dynamic code tree reshuffling takes effect, the RNC reshuffles the codes used by the
DPCH/F-DPCH to provide more continuous SF16 codes for HSDPA through this function. This
function is described as follows:

Every time the codes used by the DPCH are changed, the RNC will choose an SF16 subtree that
is not used by HS-PDSCH from right to left. The selected subtree must meet the following
conditions:

l The selected subtree belongs to the code trees that can be shared between HS-PDSCH and
DPCH.
l The number of DPCHs and F-DPCHs on the selected subtree is smaller than or equal to
the threshold specified by the parameter CodeAdjForHsdpaUserNumThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910).

The parameter CodeAdjForHsdpaUserNumThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) limits the number of


users that can be reshuffled each time, to prevent too many users from being reshuffled in a short
time and therefore to avoid affecting user experience.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

When the above conditions are met, the RNC will select this subtree for reshuffling and relocate
the users to the positions where the codes are idle.

Figure 3-11 Dynamic code tree reshuffling

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

4 User Plane

This chapter consists of the following sections:

l 4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control


l 4.2 Impact of HSDPA on the RLC and MAC-d Entities
l 4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling
l 4.4 HARQ
l 4.5 TFRC Selection
l 4.7 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending
l 4.8 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target
l 4.10 Modulation Scheme

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control


HSDPA flow control (WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control) and congestion control are used
to control the HSDPA data flow on the Iub and Iur interfaces. HSDPA data packets are sent
through the Iub interface to the NodeB and then through the Uu interface to the UE. Therefore,
congestion may occur on the Uu, Iub, or Iur interface. Flow control is used to relieve Uu
congestion, and congestion control is used to relieve Iub/Iur congestion. The two types of control
are implemented by the NodeB. HSDPA flow control and congestion control are part of the
HSDPA Iub frame protocol (3GPP TS 25.435). They are implemented for each MAC-hs queue
through the Capacity Request message sent by the RNC and the Capacity Allocation message
sent by the NodeB.

Figure 4-1 shows the basic principles of flow control and congestion control.

Figure 4-1 Basic principles of Iub flow control and congestion control

4.1.1 Flow Control


For each MAC-hs queue, flow control calculates the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth based on the
Uu transmission rate and the amount of data buffered in the NodeB. The Uu transmission rate
of the MAC-hs queue is determined by the scheduling algorithm. For each MAC-hs queue, if
the Iub transmission rate is higher than the Uu transmission rate, the data packets are buffered.
Too much data buffered in the NodeB leads to transmission delay and even packet loss.
Therefore, each MAC-hs queue should not have too much data buffered in the NodeB. On the
other hand, it should keep a certain amount of data to avoid wasting the Uu resources due to no
data to transmit.

The flow control procedure is as follows:

1. The NodeB measures the buffered data amount of each MAC-hs queue and the average Uu
transmission rate.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

2. The NodeB estimates the buffering time based on the measurements.


3. The NodeB adjusts the Iub bandwidth pre-allocated to the MAC-hs queue.

The pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted as follows:

l If the buffering time is too short, you can infer that the RNC slows down the data
transmission, that is, the Iub transmission rate is lower than the Uu transmission rate. In
this case, the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted to a value greater than the average
Uu transmission rate.
l If the buffering time is appropriate, the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted to the
average Uu transmission rate.
l If the buffering time is too long, the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted to a value
smaller than the average Uu transmission rate.

For details on flow control, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description.

4.1.2 Congestion Control


The Iub bandwidth may be lower than the Uu bandwidth. If the RNC uses the Iub bandwidth
pre-allocated to each MAC-hs queue, the Iub bandwidth for HSDPA is insufficient. This may
lead to congestion and even packet loss.

The amount of data to be transmitted is sent by the RNC to each MAC-hs queue through the
Capacity Request message. Based on this amount and the total Iub bandwidth available for
HSDPA, the congestion control function adjusts the bandwidth pre-allocated to each MAC-hs
queue. Therefore, congestion control ensures that the total bandwidth actually allocated to all
the MAC-hs queues is not higher than the total available Iub bandwidth.

The total Iub bandwidth available for HSDPA depends on the variations in HSDPA packet delay
and the situation of packet loss. HSDPA shares the bandwidth with the DCH and control
signaling, and the DCH and control signaling has higher priorities than HSDPA. Therefore, when
the HSDPA packet delay or packet loss increases, you can infer that the number of DCHs or the
amount of control signaling increases. In such a case, the bandwidth available for HSDPA
decreases and the bandwidth actually allocated for HSDPA decreases.

For details on congestion control, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description.

NOTE

For the Iur interface, flow control and congestion control are also applied. The control principles and
processing procedures are the same as those for the Iub interface.

4.2 Impact of HSDPA on the RLC and MAC-d Entities

4.2.1 Impact on the RLC Entity


One of the main purposes of HSDPA is to reduce latency by handling retransmissions at NodeB
level. Retransmissions, however, may still be triggered at the RLC layer of the RNC under the
following circumstances:

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

l The NodeB misinterprets an NACK sent by the UE.


l The number of HARQ retransmissions exceeds the maximum permissible number.
l The data buffered in the NodeB is lost when the HS-DSCH serving cell changes.
Therefore, HARQ retransmission cannot totally replace RLC retransmission, which is described
in 3GPP TS 25.322. For services with high requirements for data transmission reliability, Huawei
recommends that the RLC acknowledged mode (AM) also be used to ensure correct transmission
on the Uu interface even when the services such as the BE service are carried on HSDPA
channels.
Before the introduction of HSDPA, the size of an RLC PDU is usually 336 bits, where 320 bits
are for the payload and 16 bits for the RLC header. Without additional overhead, the MAC PDU
is of the same size as the RLC PDU. According to the 3GPP specifications, a maximum of 2,047
RLC PDUs can be transmitted within an RLC window, and the RTT at the RLC layer is about
100 ms (50 TTIs).
In this condition, the maximum peak rate can only be 336 bits x (2047/50)/2 ms = 6.88 Mbit/s.
To reach higher rates, an RLC PDU of 656 bits is introduced, where 640 bits are for the payload
and 16 bits for the RLC header. The RLC PDU size can be set for each typical service. For high-
speed services, the size is set to 656 bits by default.
In addition, the RLC PDU size is fixed to 656 bits, and a transport block of 27,952 bits can
contain a maximum of 42 PDUs. Therefore, the maximum RLC payload rate is (656 bits - 16
bits) x 42/2 ms = 13.44 Mbit/s.
For example, 3GPP specifies that the UE of category 10 can use a maximum of 15 codes and
receive a transport block with a maximum of 27,952 bits. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.306.
Therefore, the theoretical peak rate is 27952 bits/2 ms = 13.976 Mbit/s. In practice, the radio
channel quality, retransmission probability, and available power also need to be considered.
Therefore, the UE of category 10 cannot reach 13.44 Mbit/s at the RLC layer in most tests.
A fixed RLC PDU size results in lower transmission efficiency due to unnecessary filler data
and redundant RLC PDU headers. Another reason why a fixed RLC PDU size is not desirable
is that high-speed transmission requires a large RLC PDU size required whereas edge coverage
requires a small RLC PDU size. Downlink layer 2 enhancement can be used to address these
problems.
With downlink layer 2 enhancement, the RLC AM entity supports a variable PDU size, and the
RLC layer does not segment upper-layer packets whose sizes are smaller than the maximum
RLC PDU size. The RLC layer can flexibly adapt to traffic variations and reduce the overheads
caused by RLC PDU headers. For details about downlink layer 2 enhancement, see Enhanced
L2 Feature Parameter Description.

4.2.2 Impact on the MAC-d Entity


The MAC-d functionality is unchanged after the introduction of HSDPA. The HS-DSCH bearers
are mapped onto MAC-d flows on the Iub/Iur interface. Each MAC-d flow has its own priority
queue.

4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling


This section describes the feature WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/
I, RR, and PF).

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

With the limited Uu resources for HSDPA in a cell, the user expects to maximize the service
rate while the telecom operator expects to maximize the system capacity. MAC-hs scheduling
is used to coordinate the Uu resources, user experience, and system capacity. It is implemented
at the NodeB MAC-hs.

The scheduling algorithm consists of two steps. At first, the algorithm determines which initial
transmission queues or retransmission processes can be put into the candidate set for scheduling.
Then, the algorithm calculates their priorities based on factors such as the CQI, user fairness,
and differentiated services. If the algorithm is weighted more towards the channel quality of the
UE, the HSDPA cell can have a higher capacity but user fairness and differentiated services may
be affected. If the algorithm is weighted more towards user fairness and differentiated services,
the system capacity may be affected.

Huawei provides five scheduling algorithms: maximum C/I (MAXCI), round-robin (RR),
proportional fair (PF), Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF), and EPF based on UE location
(EPF_LOC). The EPF and EPF_LOC are optional.

4.3.1 Determining the Candidate Set


The candidate for scheduling contains new data packets (initial transmission queues) or data
packets to be retransmitted (retransmission processes), with the following exceptions:

l If the UE starts the compressed mode, its data cannot be put into the candidate set during
the GAP.
l If the UE category requires the UE to wait for several TTIs before it can be scheduled again,
its data cannot be put into the candidate set in this period. The UE of category 1 or 2 needs
to wait for 3 TTIs, and the UE of category 3, 4, and 11 must wait for 2 TTIs.
l If the number of retransmissions of a data packet reaches or exceeds the maximum number,
the data of this UE cannot be put into the candidate set. The data should be discarded.
Huawei supports that the maximum number of retransmissions is set on a service basis:
– MaxNonConverHarqRt: the maximum number of non-conversational service
retransmissions in the CELL_DCH state
– MAXEFACHHARQRT: In versions earlier than RAN15.0, the UTRAN does not
support feedback on the uplink HS-DPCCH from UEs in the enhanced CELL_FACH
state. Therefore, the UEs perform blind HARQ retransmissions. This parameter
specifies the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for a UE in the enhanced
CELL_FACH state.
– MAXEFACHHSHARQRT: From RAN15.0, the UTRAN supports feedback on the
uplink HS-DPCCH from UEs in the enhanced CELL_FACH state. The UE in the
enhanced CELL_FACH state can report ACK, NACK, or CQI in the uplink. This
parameter specifies the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for a UE in the
enhanced CELL_FACH state that supports HS-DPCCH feedback.
l The CQI reported by the UE is 0.
l There is no data in the Mac-ehs or Mac-hs queue for the UE.
l The uplink channel quality of UEs is poor and the uplink channels of these UEs are carrying
PS conversational services or SRBs.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

NOTE

The MAC-hs can schedule data packets and select Transport Format and Resource Combine (TFRC)
entities for UEs whose uplink channel quality is poor and CQI is not 0 when the following conditions are
met:
l The MAC-hs queue contains the data packets of these UEs and the data size is not 0.
l The scheduling time does not fall into the GAP.

For new data packets, the MAC-hs calculates the scheduling priority for the follow-up data
packet scheduling and TFRC entity selection based on the principle that applies to a CQI of 12
(CQI adjustments are not performed). For data packets to be retransmitted, the MAC-hs
schedules these data packets and selects TFRC entities in the same way as it operates on UEs
with good uplink channel quality.

4.3.2 Calculating Scheduling Priorities


Five algorithms are available for calculating the priorities of data packets in the candidate set.
The scheduling policies vary according to the algorithms for calculating the priorities of data
packets. The algorithm to be used is specified by the parameter SM on the NodeB LMT.

Comparison of Five Algorithms


Table 4-1 lists the factors considered in the five scheduling algorithms.

Table 4-1 Factors considered in the five scheduling algorithms

Factor MAXCI RR PF EPF EPF_LOC

Service type No No No Yes Yes

Initial Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


transmission
or
retransmissi
on

Maximum No No No Yes Yes


power

Waiting time No Yes No Yes Yes

CQI Yes No Yes Yes Yes

Actual No No Yes Yes Yes


throughput

SPI No No No Yes Yes

SPI Weight No No No Yes Yes

GBR No No No Yes Yes

HBR No No No Yes Yes

UE Location No No No No Yes

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Table 4-2 lists the effects of the five scheduling algorithms.

Table 4-2 Effects of the five scheduling algorithms

Item MAXCI RR PF EPF EPF_LOC

System Highest High Higher Higher Higher


capacity

User fairness Not Best Guaranteed Guaranteed Not


guaranteed guaranteed

Differentiate Not Not Not Guaranteed Guaranteed


d services guaranteed guaranteed guaranteed

Real-time Not Not Not Guaranteed Guaranteed


services guaranteed guaranteed guaranteed

MAXCI Algorithm
The retransmission processes unconditionally have higher priorities than the initial transmission
queues. The retransmission processes are sorted in first-in first-out (FIFO) mode. The initial
transmission queues are sorted in the CQI order. A higher CQI means a higher data priority.

The MAXCI algorithm aims to maximize the system capacity but cannot ensure user fairness
and differentiated services.

The UE estimates the CQI based on the assumption that the transmit power of the HS-PDSCH
on the network side is as follows:

where

l PCPICH is the transmit power of the CPICH.


– Γis the measurement power offset (MPO). It is specified by the parameter
HsPdschMPOConstEnum(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the RNC side and sent to the
NodeB and UE.
– Δ is the reference power adjustment. It is set to 0 in most cases. For details, see 3GPP
TS 25.214.

RR Algorithm
The retransmission processes unconditionally have higher priorities than the initial transmission
queues. The retransmission processes are sorted in FIFO mode. The initial transmission queues
are sorted in the order of the waiting time in the MAC-hs queue. A longer waiting time means
a higher data priority.

The RR algorithm aims to ensure user fairness but cannot provide differentiated services. Not
considering the CQI reported by the UE leads to lower system capacity.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

PF Algorithm
The retransmission processes unconditionally have higher priorities than the initial transmission
queues. The retransmission processes are sorted in FIFO mode. The initial transmission queues
are sorted in the order of R/r. Here, R represents the throughput corresponding to the CQI reported
by the UE, and r represents the throughput achieved by the UE. A greater R/r value means a
higher data priority.
The PF algorithm aims to make a tradeoff between system capacity and user fairness. It provides
the user with an average throughput that is proportional to the actual channel quality. The system
capacity provided by PF is between the system capacity provided by RR and that provided by
MAXCI.

EPF Algorithm
The EPF algorithm (WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR) is an enhanced
algorithm developed based on the PF algorithm. The EPF algorithm defines more priorities than
the PF algorithm to better meet the QoS requirements of different services. The EPF algorithm
can meet the requirements of telecom operators related to user fairness and differentiated services
and also provide a high system capacity.
The EPF algorithm follows certain criteria to prioritize queues:
l Service types are the first to be considered. They are prioritized in a sequence: SRB and
IMS > voice services > streaming services > BE services.
l Different services of the same type are prioritized as follows:
– Retransmission queues are prioritized over initial transmission queues.
– Guaranteed bit rate (GBR) queues that have not arrived are prioritized over GBR queues
that have already arrived.
– Queues with high SPI weights are prioritized over those with low SPI weights.
– High bit rate (HBR) queues that have not arrived are prioritized over HBR queues that
have already arrived.
User fairness is implemented in EPF as follows:
l EFP algorithm guarantees the user fairness in the same way as that PF algorithm. HBR and
Resource Limit is used in EPF to limit the use of single users and improve fairness.
l HBR is used to determine the throughput expected by the user based on a study on user
experience.
– When the rate for a user reaches the HBR, the scheduling probability for the user is
decreased. The HBR is specified by the parameter HappyBR(BSC6900,BSC6910) on
the RNC side.
l Resource Limit is used to prevent the users in areas with poor coverage from consuming
too many cell resources so that there is no decrease in system capacity.
– When the resource limitation switch (RscLmSw) is on, the algorithm allocates the
lowest priority to a queue whose power consumption exceeds the threshold. If the power
available to the queue is limited, the queue's priority is always considered as meeting
the GBR. The ratio of the maximum available power of a queue to the total power of
the cell is specified by the NodeB MML command SET
ULOCELLRSCLMTPARA.
Differentiated service is implemented in EPF as follows:

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

l Differentiated services are provided based on SPI and SPI weights.


– SPI(BSC6900,BSC6910) is a parameter specified based on service types and users
priorities.
– SPIweight(BSC6900,BSC6910) can be specified according to the SPI to provide
differentiated services.
l The SPI weight affects the calculation of queue priorities. It is used to quantify the
differentiated services. If resource is insufficient, the proportion of SPI weights determines
the approximate proportion of rates among users. For example, for three throughput-
sensitive service users with the same channel quality, the same GBR and the proportion of
SPI weights is 100:50:30, the proportion of actual rates is close to 100:50:30.

For details on the parameters related to QoS management, such as the GBR, SPI, SPI weight,
and HBR, see QoS Management Feature Parameter Description.

EPF_LOC Algorithm
UEs' location in a cell can be defined as a near, middle, or far distance from the NodeB. HSDPA
UEs closer to the NodeB have better channel environments and report higher CQIs, as shown
in Figure 4-2.

Figure 4-2 UE locations and CQIs

With the EPF/PF algorithm, UEs that have the same SPI weight value but are at different
distances from the NodeB have roughly equal scheduling opportunities.

The EPF_LOC algorithm (WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location) builds


on the EPF algorithm and considers UE locations as HSDPA scheduling weights. While ensuring
GBRs for all UEs, the EPF_LOC algorithm gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs that are
close to the NodeB in order to improve throughput for these UEs. Since these UEs can obtain
larger transmission blocks than UEs farther from the NodeB, the overall throughput of the cell
is improved.

CQIs indirectly reflect UE locations. A CQI reported by a UE implies the UE's location, a near,
middle, or far distance either between the UE and the NodeB, or between the UEs within a cell.
Assuming that there are two UEs far from the NodeB and the CQIs reported by them are 15 and
13, respectively, the UE that reports the CQI 15 has more scheduling opportunities and higher
downlink throughput.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

NOTE

The PF and EPF algorithms consider the value R/r, where R is the throughput corresponding to the CQI
reported by the UE. The EPF_LOC algorithm is based on the EPF algorithm. In addition to R/r, the
EPF_LOC algorithm also considers UE locations indicated by CQIs.

If a larger value is set for the LOCWEIGHT parameter, UE locations weigh more in the
EPF_LOC algorithm. Theoretically, this results in a higher downlink throughput of the cell and
greater differentiation between UEs at different distances from the NodeB. UEs closer to the
NodeB have more scheduling opportunities and higher throughput, which is the other way
around for UEs farther from the NodeB.

l UEs closer to the NodeB have more scheduling opportunities and therefore higher
throughput. This improves the cell throughput.
l UEs farther from the NodeB have fewer scheduling opportunities and therefore lower
throughput.

To ensure user experience at cell edges, it is recommended that GBRs be configured for all BE
services. To configure GBRs, run the SET UUSERGBR command on the RNC.

NOTE

The LOCWeight and SPIWeight(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters simultaneously affect HSDPA


scheduling weights. UEs far from the NodeB will experience decreased downlink rates after this feature
is activated. If high rates need to be ensured for gold users, it is recommended that higher GBRs or SPI
weight values be set for gold users.

The EPF_LOC algorithm gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB and
increases the downlink overall throughput of the cell. Cell throughput gains relate to UEs' CQIs.
With EPF_LOC algorithm, HSDPA UEs at cell edges have fewer scheduling opportunities and
lower throughput. If GBRs are not configured for BE services, HSDPA UEs at cell edges may
have to wait a long time before they have scheduling opportunities. As a result, traffic radio
bearers (TRBs) are more likely to reset and the call drop rate increases. The magnitude of this
impact depends on factors such as UE location distribution and service distribution in the cell.
It is recommended that GBRs be configured for BE services to ensure network performance.

4.3.3 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex


This section describes the feature WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex.

After scheduling, HSDPA users will be allocated to different time and code. Figure 4-3 shows
the time division and code division over the air interface for HSDPA users in one cell.

Figure 4-3 HSDPA scheduling based on time division and code division

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

The feature of time and HS-PDSCH codes multiplex enables the allocation of different codes
in the same TTI to different users or the time division multiplexing of the same code in different
TTIs for different users to provide the utilization of code resources and the system throughput.

The parallel data transmission of multiple users over HS-DSCH requires more HS-SCCH codes
and HS-PDSCH codes within a single TTI. Code multiplexing is adopted and is found useful
when the NodeB has more HS-PDSCH codes for allocation than those supported by the UE. For
instance, the UE supports 5 codes and the NodeB has 10 codes available in a single TTI. The
code multiplexing can increase the resource utilization and system throughput.

4.4 HARQ
The main purpose of introducing HARQ is to reduce the retransmission delay and improve the
retransmission efficiency. HARQ enables fast retransmission at the physical layer. Before
decoding, the UE combines the retransmitted data and the previously received data, making full
use of the data transmitted each time. In addition, HARQ can fine-tune the effective rate to
compensate for the errors made by TFRC section.

4.4.1 HARQ Retransmission Principles


The HARQ process of HSDPA involves only the NodeB and the UE, without involving the
RNC. After receiving a MAC-hs PDU sent by the NodeB, the UE performs a CRC check and
reports an ACK or NACK on the HS-DPCCH to the NodeB:

l If the UE reports an ACK, the NodeB transmits the next new data.
l If the UE reports an NACK, the NodeB retransmits the original data. After receiving the
data, the UE performs soft combining of this data and the data received before, decodes
the combined data, and then reports an ACK or NACK to the NodeB.

RLC retransmission on the DCH involves the RNC, and therefore the RTT is relatively long. In
comparison, HARQ involves only the physical layer and MAC-hs of the NodeB and those of
the UE, and therefore the RTT is reduced to only 6 TTIs (12 ms).

After a transmission, the HARQ process must wait at least 10 ms before it can transmit the next
new data or retransmit the original data. Therefore, to improve transmission efficiency, other
HARQ processes can transmit data during the waiting time. A maximum of six HARQ processes
can be configured in each of the NodeB HARQ entity and the UE HARQ entity. Note that not
all UE categories support six HARQ processes. For example, the UEs of some categories can
receive data every one or two TTIs. Therefore, only two or three HARQ processes can be
configured. The RAN can automatically choose the most appropriate configuration based on UE
capability.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 45


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Figure 4-4 HARQ retransmission principles

4.4.2 Soft Combining During HARQ


Before decoding a MAC-hs PDU, the UE performs soft combining of all the data received before
to improve the utilization of Uu resources and therefore increase the cell capacity. The size of
the UE buffer determines the number of coded bits or the size of transport blocks.

For HARQ retransmission between the NodeB and the UE, two combining strategies are
available. They are Chase Combining (CC) and Incremental Redundancy (IR). In the case of
CC, all retransmitted data is the same as previously transmitted data. In the case of IR, the
retransmitted data may be different from the previously transmitted data. In comparison, IR has
a higher gain than CC but requires more buffer space. CC can be regarded as a special case of
IR. The IR strategy is hard-coded in Huawei RAN.

4.4.3 Preamble and Postamble

Overview
High-speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) preamble is a feature that enables
the transmission of a special preamble subframe before an ACK/NACK subframe on the HS-
DPCCH or a special postamble subframe after an ACK/NACK subframe.

The HS-DPCCH preamble feature has the following advantages:

l Improves transmission reliability


l Enables the UE to transmit ACK/NACK subframes without requiring high transmit power,
resulting in easy differentiation between DTX subframes and ACK/NACK subframes on
the NodeB side

The requirements of HS-DPCCH preamble are listed in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3 Requirements of HS-DPCCH preamble

Item Requirement

CN None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Item Requirement

RNC The RNC supports HS-DPCCH preamble.

NodeB The NodeB supports HS-DPCCH preamble.

UE The UE supports HS-DPCCH preamble.

Basic Principle
The HS-DPCCH carries uplink feedback signaling related to downlink HS-DSCH transmission.
The signaling consists of Hybrid-ARQ Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) and Channel-Quality
Indication (CQI).
Before the HS-DPCCH preamble feature was introduced,
l If a UE receives correct information on the HS-SCCH sent from the NodeB, the UE checks
whether data transmitted on the HS-PDSCH is correctly received, and then reports ACK/
NACK to the NodeB in the first timeslot of subframes on the HS-DPCCH.
l If a UE does not receive correct information on the HS-SCCH sent from the NodeB, the
UE will not send any data to the NodeB in the first timeslot of subframes on the HS-DPCCH.
In the case of interference, the NodeB considers that the UE is in DTX mode. As a result,
the NodeB may decode data transmitted on the HS-DPCCH as ACK/NACK by mistake.
More interference indicates a higher probability that the NodeB decodes data by mistake.
According to section "8.11.2.1 Definition and applicability" in 3GPP TS 25.141 V9.11.0,
the rate of data decoded by mistake cannot exceed 1%. To reduce the rate of data decoded
by mistake, the UE should increase the ACK/NACK transmit power.
The HS-DPCCH preamble feature provides an enhanced way to reduce decoding errors. A
special preamble is sent before an ACK/NACK on the HS-DPCCH. In this way, the probability
of mis-decoding is reduced, because a decoding error can occur only when the NodeB decodes
at least two successive timeslots erroneously. As a result, the same performance of the HARQ-
ACK field detection function is maintained with lower power.

Figure 4-5 HS-DPCCH preamble and postamble

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

4.5 TFRC Selection


The TFRC selection algorithm handles the MAC-hs queues in descending order of their priorities
determined by the scheduler. In each TTI, the TFRC entity of a cell selects one or multiple queues
and does the following:

l Determining the amount of data that can be transmitted by the queue or queues
l Determining the modulation scheme of the queue or queues
l Allocating appropriate power and channelization codes to the queue or queues

The basic procedure for the TFRC selection algorithm is as follows:

1. Based on the capabilities of UEs whose data is buffered in the scheduled MAC-hs queue,
the algorithm searches for the corresponding TFRC mapping table.
2. Based on the CQI reported by the UE, available power, and available channelization codes,
the algorithm searches the TFRC mapping table for the TBSmax, that is, the maximum
MAC-hs transport block size (TBS). Note that the available power for every HSDPA user
is restricted by MXPWRPHUSR.
3. Based on the TBSmax and the amount of data buffered in the queue, the algorithm
determines the most appropriate MAC-hs TBS (TBSused).
If the data buffered in the MAC-hs queue is enough to fill the space for carrying data in a
transport block with the TBSmax, then the TBSmax is taken as the TBS to be used
(TBSused). The TBSmax, however, may be much larger than the data buffered in the MAC-
hs queue. If this TBS is used, too many padding bits reduce the spectrum efficiency. To
solve this problem, the algorithm searches the TFRC mapping table backward for the CQI
or the number of codes to obtain the most appropriate TBS and the corresponding
modulation scheme. This TBS should be the smallest one in the TBS set that can carry the
buffered data. The power and code resources determined through backward searching are
taken as the ones for allocation.
4. Based on the TBSused, the algorithm determines the most appropriate power, codes, and
modulation scheme.

Huawei supports three backward-searching methods, which are specified by the parameter
RscAllocM on the NodeB side:

l If the parameter is set to Code_Pri, the TFRC algorithm prefers the use of codes. Under
the precondition that the transport block with the TBS is large enough to carry the buffered
data, the algorithm first reduces the power. If the corresponding CQI decreases to the
smallest one but the precondition is still met, the algorithm attempts to reduce the number
of codes. This setting is applicable the outdoor macro base station with limited power.
l If the parameter is set to Power_Pri, the TFRC algorithm prefers the use of power. Under
the precondition that the transport block with the TBS is large enough to carry the buffered
data, the algorithm first reduces the number of codes. If the number of codes decreases to
1 but the precondition is still met, the algorithm attempts to reduce the power. This setting
is applicable to indoor application with limited codes.
l If the parameter is set to PowerCode_Bal, the TFRC algorithm balances the use of power
and the use of codes. Under the precondition that the transport block with the TBS is large
enough to carry the buffered data, the algorithm reduces the power and codes in a balanced

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

mode. This setting protects the codes or power from being used up, improving the resource
usage and increasing the cell capacity.

Figure 4-6 shows the backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to
Code_Pri or Power_Pri.

Figure 4-6 Backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to Code_Pri or
Power_Pri

Figure 4-7 shows the backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to
PowerCode_Bal.

Figure 4-7 Backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to PowerCode_Bal

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

4.6 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


The TFRC selection algorithm performs backward searching if only a small amount of data is
buffered in the MAC-hs queue. If the RscAllocM parameter on the NodeB side (determining the
backward-searching method) is set to PowerCode_Bal, the power resources and code resources
are gradually reduced simultaneously. When TFRC selection is complete, some power resources
and code resources remain for the cell. In this situation, code resources are wasted.

The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function helps fully utilize the remaining code resources.
When the RscAllocM parameter (determining the backward-searching method) is set to
PowerCode_Bal, the TFRC selection algorithm prefers the use of codes for the last queue
carrying streaming, interactive, or background data of a UE in CELL_DCH state (including
initial transmission and retransmission) in a TTI. Under the precondition that the transport block
with the TBS is large enough to carry the buffered data, the enhanced HSDPA code utilization
function first reduces the power. If the corresponding CQI decreases to the smallest one but the
precondition still persists, the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function does not attempt to
reduce the number of codes but uses the current codes and power to transmit the buffered data.

The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function increases code utilization, reduces downlink
cell load, and improves downlink channel quality without lowering cell capacity, thereby
enhancing user experience. The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function also alleviates the
increase of downlink cell load caused by the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm.

When the licensed HSDPA codes are insufficient, the enhanced HSDPA code utilization
function may aggravate code resource congestion and reduce cell capacity, even if the cell has
remaining power resources. In this situation, it is good practice to expand the capacity of licensed
HSDPA codes and then enable the function. For details, see section 8.20.1 When to Use
Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization.

The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function is controlled by the CODEOPTSW parameter
of the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command.

This function requires HSDPA-capable UTRAN and UEs, but is not applicable to MIMO-
enabled UEs, UEs enabled with the HS-SCCH less operation function, or E-FACH UEs.

NOTE

The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function does not take effect when the RscAllocM parameter is set
to Code_Pri or Power_Pri on the NodeB side.

4.7 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending


When only a small amount of data is buffered in the MAC-hs queue, the TFRC selection
algorithm searches the CQI mapping table backward for the CQI or the number of codes to obtain
the most appropriate TBS. This TBS should be the smallest one in the TBS set that can carry
the buffered data. Under this circumstance, the cell has a certain number of remaining power
resources. Full utilization of these power resources helps further reduce the downlink BLER and
improve user experience.

The HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm helps fully utilize the remaining power
resources. This algorithm appends certain power to the HS-PDSCH power calculated by the
TFRC selection algorithm if the last queue in a TTI carries streaming, interactive, or background

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

data of a UE in CELL_DCH state (including initial transmission and retransmission). After the
introduction of the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm, the NodeB parameter
EXTRAPOWER is added to the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command for specifying the
maximum amount of power that can be allocated to HS-PDSCH power from the remaining power
resources in the cell in question. This parameter is in units of 0.25 dB. The value of this parameter
must be equal to or less than the cell remaining power in a TTI.
With the increase in downlink power, the downlink load is also increased. When the downlink
load becomes heavy, network KPIs are deteriorated. Therefore, the EXTRAPOWER parameter
cannot be set to a too large value.
Before enabling the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm, ensure that HSDPA has
been enabled on the network and that UEs support HSDPA.

NOTE

When the EXTRAPOWER parameter is set to 0, the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm does
not take effect.
When the CQI adjustment based on a fixed BLER target algorithm is enabled on the NodeB, the HSDPA
remaining power appending algorithm does not take effect. IBLER stands for initial block error rate.

4.8 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target


This section describes the feature WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER
Target.

Overview
The CQI measures the channel conditions of a UE and is reported from the UE to the NodeB.
Without this feature, the NodeB determines an appropriate TBS based on the reported CQI,
system resources, and the TFRC policy. If the reported CQI and related conditions remain the
same, the NodeB does not change the TBS because it does not consider the ever-changing radio
environments.
The constant changes in radio environments, caused by multipath effects and UE mobility, lead
to fluctuating channel quality. Under these circumstances, choosing a TBS based on the reported
CQI makes it difficult to always achieve the optimum downlink throughput.
With the feature CQI adjustment based on dynamic BLER target, the NodeB monitors the
channel quality fluctuations for HSDPA users in a cell in real time and dynamically selects a
proper BLER target based on the monitoring result. The NodeB then uses the BLER target to
adjust the CQI reported by the UE. Based on the adjusted CQI, the NodeB determines an
appropriate TBS to achieve higher downlink throughput for HSDPA users and higher cell
throughput.

NOTE

The BLER described in this section refers to the SBLER at the MAC-(e)hs layer and reflects the average
block error rate at the MAC layer. Accordingly, the BLER target described in this section refers to the
SBLER target at the MAC-(e)hs layer.

The required BLER target may be high in some environments; therefore this feature is not
suitable for networks that limit the BLER target.
This feature requires that both the network and UE support HSDPA. This feature is applicable
to all HSDPA terminals except for the terminals that are configured with MIMO. Different

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

terminals may have different performance for the same TB size. Some terminals may have
greater BLERs. This feature adjusts the TB size for terminals based on data transmission
performance to achieve optimized performance.

This feature can be enabled by selecting the CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER check box under the
CQIADJALGOFNONCON parameter.

CQI Adjustment Process


CQI adjustment based on dynamic BLER target is performed in each TTI. The following
describes the adjustment process:

1. Based on the CQI reported by the UE, the NodeB checks the actual radio environment,
which is affected by multipath effects and UE mobility.
2. Based on the actual radio environment and channel quality of the UE, the NodeB obtains
an optimum BLER target, which helps to achieve the highest possible throughput for the
UE.
3. Based on the ACK, NACK, or DTX indication from the UE in the current TTI and on the
optimum BLER target, the NodeB calculates the CQI offset, which can be a positive or
negative number. The NodeB then uses the CQI offset to adjust the CQI.
4. Based on the adjusted CQI, the NodeB selects an appropriate TBS by using the TFRC
algorithm.

4.9 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services


After a UE reports a CQI to the NodeB, the channel quality may have changed before the NodeB
schedules this UE's data packets due to the delay in processing the CQI. Such changes are likely
to occur when the UE is engaged in the following:

l Initial HSDPA data transmission


l Processing burst services, for example, browsing web sites, sending heartbeat packets,
microblogging, or using the QQ application

As shown in Figure 4-8, downlink data transmission has been started at TTIm but the CQI
measured at TTIn is used at TTIm. At TTIn, the UE measured the CQI without estimating the
interference caused by sudden load changes. In this case, the BLER at TTIm is high. This prolongs
the delay in initiating data transmission and negatively affects burst service throughput.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Figure 4-8 Delay prolongs due to the reporting and processing of the CQI

To address the TTI inaccuracy issue, the BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services
function is introduced. This function performs the following operations:

l Calculates the interference difference (interference difference I) caused by the downlink


load difference between TTIn+1 and TTIm.
l Adjusts the CQI at TTIm using the following formula:
Adjusted CQI = CQI measured at TTIn – Interference difference I

Through the preceding operations, this function ensures that the reported CQI matches the
current channel quality when the UE is engaged in initial HSDPA data transmission or processing
downlink burst services. In this way, this function decreases the BLER at TTIm and increases
burst service throughput.

The BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services function is controlled by the
BURSTBLEROPTSW parameter in the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command.

To use this function, the target network must support HSDPA and some UEs are HSDPA-
capable. This function takes effect on all HSDPA-capable UEs.

NOTE

Before using this function in RAN15.0, set the pilot power to 10% of the cell's maximum transmit power
(usually, the pilot power is -10 dB) and the maximum power output (MPO) constant to the default value
2.5 dB.

4.10 Modulation Scheme


QPSK and 16QAM
The HS-PDSCH is used to carry the HS-DSCH data. HS-PDSCH can use QPSK
(WRFD-01061017 QPSK Modulation) or 16QAM (WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation)
modulation symbols.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

l When the UE is in the unfavorable radio environment, the transmission can adopt the low-
order QPSK modulation mode and small transport blocks to ensure communication quality.
l When the UE is in the favorable radio environment, the transmission can adopt the high-
order 16QAM modulation scheme and large transport blocks to reach a high peak rate.

QPSK modulation is a basic downlink data modulation function that is used after HSDPA is
introduced.

Compared with the QPSK modulation scheme, the 16QAM modulation scheme is a higher-order
downlink data modulation scheme. This feature enables the peak rate on the Uu interface to
reach 14.4 Mbit/s.

64QAM
3GPP R5 introduces 16QAM to increase the peak rate per user and expands the system capacity,
whereas 64QAM introduced in 3GPP R7 protocols is a further enhancement of 16QAM.

With downlink 64QAM, a higher-order modulation scheme than 16QAM can be used when the
channel is of higher quality. Theoretically, 64QAM supports a peak data rate of 21 Mbit/s and
at the same time increases the average throughput of the system. Simulation shows that compared
with 16QAM, 64QAM can increase the average throughput by 7% and 16% respectively in
macro cell and in micro cell, if the UEs in the cells use the type 3 receivers.

The 3GPP R7 protocols define the categories of the UEs that support 64QAM, and add the
information elements (IEs) that support 64QAM in the reporting of local cell capability. The
RNC determines whether the RL between the NodeB and the UE supports 64QAM according
to the local cell capability reported by the NodeB and the UE capability. If the RL supports
64QAM, the MAC-hs scheduler of the NodeB determines every 2 ms whether to use 64QAM
according to the following aspects:

l Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reported by the UE


l HS-PDSCH code resources and power resources of the NodeB

Compared with the 16QAM modulation scheme, the 64QAM modulation scheme is a higher-
order downlink data modulation scheme. This feature enables the peak rate on the Uu interface
to reach 21 Mbit/s.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN 5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Services

5 QoS Management and Management over


Differentiated Services

This chapter consists of the following sections:

l 5.1 QoS Management


l 5.2 Diff-Serv Management

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN 5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Services

5.1 QoS Management


The goal of service-oriented QoS management is to improve user experience by reducing the
service delay and BLER and by increasing the service rate and continuity. The requirements for
QoS vary according to the type of service:

l The conversational service (including the CS voice and VoIP) has a relatively high
requirement for service delay and a certain requirement for BLER.
l The streaming service has a requirement for guaranteed bit rate (GBR).
l The FTP service has a high requirement for BLER and error-free transmission. In addition,
this service requires higher service rates to provide better user experience.
l The HTTP service has a high requirement for error-free transmission and a certain
requirement for response delay. In addition, this service requires shorter delay to provide
better user experience.

HSDPA QoS management is implemented by related HSDPA functions. The following table
lists the relationships between HSDPA functions and QoS indicators.

Table 5-1 Relationships between HSDPA functions and QoS indicators

Function Service Service Delay Service Rate BLER


Connectivity

Mobility √
management

HSDPA bearer √ √
mapping

Load control √ √ √

RLC √
retransmission

Flow control √ √ √

Congestion √
control

HARQ √

MAC-hs √ √ √
scheduling

TFRC selection √

These relationships between HSDPA functions and QoS indicators are described as follows:

l Mobility management
Service continuity is implemented by mobility management.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 56


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN 5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Services

For details, see section 3.4 Mobility Management and Handover Feature Parameter
Description.
l Bearer mapping
HSDPA bearers increase the service rate greatly and reduce the service delay.
For details, see section 3.1 Bearer Mapping.
l Load control
The network resources are limited. Therefore, when a large number of users attempt to
access the network, the access control function is required to control the access to ensure
the QoS of the admitted users.
The network resources consumed by the admitted users vary with the changed channel
qualities, which may lead to network congestion. To relieve congestion, the overload
control function is required to ensure the QoS of most users.
For details on load control, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
l RLC retransmission and HARQ
To achieve error-free transmission and improve transmission efficiency, HSDPA
introduces HARQ at the physical layer. HARQ, however, cannot completely ensure error-
free transmission. Therefore, it should work with RLC retransmission and TCP
retransmission.
For details, see sections 4.2 Impact of HSDPA on the RLC and MAC-d Entities and 4.4
HARQ.
l Flow control and congestion control
By allocating appropriate Iub bandwidth to users, the flow control function reduces the
transmission time. Therefore, it prevents too much data from waiting in the buffer at the
MAC-hs and avoids unnecessary RLC retransmissions. In addition, it protects service data
from overflowing from the buffer at the MAC-hs.
Through congestion detection and congestion control, the congestion control function
reduces the packet loss probability.
For details, see section 4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control.
l MAC-hs scheduling
Based on the waiting time, achieved service rate, and GBR, the MAC-hs scheduling
function sorts the users to meet the requirements for transmission delay and transmission
rate on the Uu interface. For details, see section 4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling.
l TFRC selection
Based on the available power, available codes, actual channel quality, and actual data
amount, the TFRC selection function selects appropriate transport blocks and modulation
schemes to increase data rates. For details, see section 4.5 TFRC Selection.

5.2 Diff-Serv Management


Different services have different service types, and different users have different priorities.
During resource allocation, differentiated services are provided. Differentiated services for
HSDPA users are as follows:

l Differentiated services based on service types

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN 5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Services

l Differentiated services based on user priorities


l To further quantify the effect of Diff-Serv management, differentiated services based on
SPI weights (WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight) are introduced.

For details, see Differentiated HSPA Service Feature Parameter Description.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 6 Related Features

6 Related Features

6.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package


Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
l WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target
When an HSDPA cell is not configured with its baseline pilot power, the BLER increases
in certain scenarios, which leads to decreased throughput. In such scenarios, the MPO can
be modified based on the pilot power to decrease the BLER. However, it is recommended
that the CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target feature be enabled to ensure a
low BLER in different power configuration scenarios.

6.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA


Prerequisite Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
l WRFD-160103 Terminal Black List

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 6 Related Features

When the WRFD-160103 Terminal Black List feature is enabled, the RNC can add some
UEs to the blacklist to prevent these UEs' SRB from carrying on the HSDPA channels.

6.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic


BLER Target
Prerequisite Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

6.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE


Location
Prerequisite Features
l WRFD-010610HSDPA Introduction Package
l WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

6.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


Prerequisite Features
l WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 6 Related Features

Impacted Features
l WRFD-030011 MIMO Prime
l WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO
l WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO
l WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO
l WRFD-150223 4C-HSDPA+MIMO
l WRFD-150227 DB-HSDPA+MIMO
When one or more MIMO-related features are enabled and the last priority queue to be
scheduled is of the MIMO user type, the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function does
not take effect. If the MIMO user proportion is high, gains yielded by the enhanced HSDPA
code utilization function are decreased.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

7 Network Impact

7.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package


System Capacity
After activating HSDPA Introduction Package, the downlink cell throughput, downlink cell
capacity, and downlink data rate (which can reach up to 13.9 Mbit/s at the MAC layer for each
HSDPA UE) increase.

Network Performance
The HSDPA Introduction Package feature provides:
l Maximized power resource utilization
HSDPA Introduction Package adjusts the downlink power and data rate based on channel
quality, maximizing the power resource utilization.
l Shorter delay
With TTIs of 2 ms and 10 ms, which provide shorter scheduling intervals, the fast
scheduling algorithm enables the NodeB to quickly schedule and retransmit data.
l Higher uplink cell throughput
HARQ helps increase the downlink cell throughput.

7.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA


System Capacity
l Increased available HSDPA power
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSDPA reduces downlink non-HSDPA power
consumption and saves downlink code resources, thereby increasing available HSDPA
power and downlink capacity. The reasons are as follows:
In 3GPP Release 5, an A-DPCH must be allocated to each HSDPA UE to transmit downlink
SRBs, TPC commands, TFCI, and pilot signals. In 3GPP Release 6, the F-DPCH is

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

introduced to replace the A-DPCH and carry only TPC commands, thereby saving downlink
non-HSDPA power resources. An F-DPCH can be shared by up to 10 UEs, thereby saving
downlink code resources.
l Increased CPU resource consumption on BSC6900 interface boards
SRB over HSDPA doubles the number of session setups in scenarios such as service setup,
handover, and state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH, thereby increasing CPU
resource consumption on BSC6900 interface boards (excluding FG2a and GOUa boards).
The reasons are as follows:
According to sections 11.2.4 "DCH Transport Channel", 11.2.7 "HS-DSCH Transport
Channel", and 11.2.8 "E-DCH Transport Channel" in 3GPP TS 25.401 V9.0.0, if downlink
SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH while uplink SRBs are carried on the DCH or E-DCH,
two Frame Protocol (FP) entities need to be set up for SRBs. In this case, two data flows
need to be set up, of which one for transmitting uplink data and the other for downlink data.
As a result, two sessions need to be set up. If both the uplink and downlink SRBs are carried
on the DCH, only one FP entity needs to be set up for transmitting uplink and downlink
data.
As session setup has been optimized for FG2a and GOUa boards in the BSC6900 and all
interface boards in the BSC6910, SRB over HSDPA will not increase CPU resource
consumption on these boards.
CPU resources consumed by each UE increase by 30% on interface boards after SRB over
HSDPA is enabled. For example, a UE uses 0.1% of CPU resources to set up a service
before SRB over HSDPA is enabled. After this feature is enabled, the UE uses 0.13% of
CPU resources to set up a service. CPU usage on interface boards is directly proportional
to the number of UEs whose downlink SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH.

Network Performance
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSDPA has the following impacts:

l Reduced call setup delay


SRB over HSDPA uses the 2 ms TTI and provides higher signaling rates, thereby reducing
the call setup delay.
l Increased HSDPA call drop ratio
After SRB over HSDPA takes effect, downlink SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH. UEs
can initiate only hard handovers in the downlink and the gains produced by maximum-ratio
combination of soft handovers are sacrificed. Therefore, the HSDPA call drop ratio
deteriorates after this feature is enabled.
You can perform the following operations so that the HSDPA call drop ratio does not
increase by more than 10%:
– Enable the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D function. (For detailed
operations, see section 3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based SRB H2D) This
function will reduce the gains produced by SRB over HSDPA in downlink capacity.
When the enhanced F-DPCH function is enabled, every ten UEs that use SRB over
HSDPA and support the enhanced F-DPCH function use the same F-DPCH, thereby
saving nine SF256 codes.
– Enable the Call Reestablishment feature. This feature counteracts the impact of SRB
over HSDPA on the call drop ratio in scenarios where SRB H2D cannot be performed
in time due to quick signal deterioration. If the Call Reestablishment feature is not

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

enabled, SRB over HSDPA may deteriorate the HSDPA call drop ratio by more than
10%.
– Increase transmit power on the HS-DSCH carrying SRBs during the TFRC selection.
(For detailed operations, see section 4.5 TFRC Selection) The proportion of resources
consumed by downlink SRBs is small compared with the total amount of resources
consumed by downlink SRBs and TRBs. Therefore, increasing transmit power slightly
reduces the gains produced by this feature in downlink capacity. This impact can be
ignored.

7.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic


BLER Target
System Capacity
This feature increases the downlink throughput for HSDPA users and cells by up to 10%.

Network Performance
Calculation for adjusting the CQI increases the downlink load of the NodeB DSP slightly.

7.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE


Location
System Capacity
This feature gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB and increases the
downlink overall throughput of the cell. Cell throughput gains relate to UEs' CQIs.

Network Performance
With this feature, HSDPA UEs at cell edges have fewer scheduling opportunities and lower
throughput. If GBRs are not configured for BE services, HSDPA UEs at cell edges may have
to wait a long time before they have scheduling opportunities. As a result, traffic radio bearers
(TRBs) are more likely to reset and the call drop rate increases. The magnitude of this impact
depends on factors such as UE location distribution and service distribution in the cell. It is
recommended that GBRs be configured for BE services to ensure network performance.

7.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


System Capacity
When code resources are sufficient, this function reduces downlink load and downlink
interference, thereby increasing downlink system capacity by approximately 2% to 3%.
When codes are insufficient for the NodeB (less than 10 codes per cell on average) and code
utilization for cells is high, this function may further increase code utilization. In this situation,
it is recommended that the capacity of licensed HSDPA codes be expanded.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

Network Performance
Average HSDPA cell load is reduced by up to approximately 3%. When the HSDPA user queue
buffer has data to transmit, HS-PDSCH transmit power is reduced by approximately 5% to 10%.

When the HSDPA user queue buffer has data to transmit, HS-PDSCH code utilization is
increased by approximately 5% to 20%.

The CS/PS call drop rate and CS/PS RAB establishment success rate may increase slightly due
to the reduced downlink cell load.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8 Engineering Guidelines

8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package

8.1.1 When to Use HSDPA Introduction Package


This feature is recommended for all scenarios. HSDPA can significantly increase the downlink
peak rate per user, shorten the round trip delay, and expand the system capacity. This feature
package provides the basic functions of HSDPA to meet the requirements for test or trial
operation of HSDPA services.

8.1.2 Information to Be Collected


None

8.1.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010610
HSDPA Introduction Package.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
For the NodeB:
– The NDLP and NBBI boards in the NodeB do not support this feature.
– The DBS3800 must be configured with the HBBU/EBBC/EBBCd board or all these
boards. These boards must support HSDPA.
– The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE must be configured with the HBBI, EBOI, or EBBI
board. Alternatively, they must be configured with at least one HDLP/EDLP/EDPLd
board and one HULP/EULP/EULPd board.
– The 3900 series base stations support HSDPA.
l Dependencies on Other Features

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

HSDPA provides a number of methods to increase system throughput. It has to coordinate


with other features, such as admission control, load control, and mobility management.
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Feature Feature License License NE License Sales


ID Name Control Control Allocati Unit
Item Name on for
Multiple
Operator
s

WRFD-01 HSDPA LQW1HS High BSC6900 Method 6 per


0610 Introductio DPA01 Speed BSC6910 Mbps
n Package Downlink
Packet
Access
(per
Mbps)

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 6: In RAN Sharing scenarios, a feature is activated for the primary and secondary
operators separately. In MOCN scenarios, a feature is activated only for the primary
operator. The licensed values can be set by running the SET LICENSE command.
l Dependencies on the Transport Network
After HSDPA is introduced, the downlink peak data rate per user can reach 14.4 Mbit/s.
In this case, the bandwidth of an Iub over ATM transport network must reach 20 Mbit/s or
higher and the bandwidth of an Iub over IP transport network must reach 18 Mbit/s or
higher. However, the Iub bandwidth in commercial networks must be higher because R99
services exist in these networks. For the specific Iub bandwidth in a commercial network,
you must refer to the results of network planning and network optimization.
l Others
The UE is HSDPA-capable.

Data Preparation
Table 8-1 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Introduction Package.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-1 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Introduction Package

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

NodeB Protocol NodeBProtclVer R9 Radio Planning


Version (BSC6900,BSC6910 (Internal planning)
)

Code Number for HsPdschCodeNum 15 Radio Planning


HS-PDSCH (BSC6900,BSC6910 (Internal planning)
)

Code Max Number HsPdschMaxCode- 15 Radio Planning


for HS-PDSCH Num (Internal planning)
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

Traffic index TRFX None Transport network


(BSC6900,BSC6910 plan (internal)
)

AAL2 Path Type AAL2PATHT Configure this Transport network


(BSC6900,BSC6910 parameter based on plan (internal)
) the mapping between
service types and
AAL2 paths.

IP path type PATHT Configure this Transport network


parameter based on plan (internal)
the type of the IP path
carrying the HSUPA
service in question.

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEB and set NodeB Protocol Version to R9.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA. In this step, set Code Number for HS-
PDSCH and Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH to 15 and set other HSDPA-related
parameters based on the network plan.

Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to activate this feature.
NOTE

PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH of the Preemption Enhancement Switch


parameter in the SET UQUEUEPREEMPT command is set to ON by default. With this default setting,
some R99 users will experience call drops when an HSDPA cell is activated. It is good practice to activate
HSDPA cells when cells serve few R99 users. For details about the Preemption Enhancement Switch
parameter, see the description of the SET UQUEUEPREEMPT command in the MML command
reference.

Step 4 Configure Iub-transmission-related parameters for HSDPA.


l In an ATM network:

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

1. Run the RNC MML command ADD ATMTRF to configure new records of ATM
traffic based on network planning requirements.
2. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to query the transmission resource
mapping.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD AAL2PATH to set associated parameters
according to the network plan. TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index of
the AAL2 path to be added must be the same as those set in the ADD ATMTRF
command. In addition, AAL2 Path Type should be set according to the mapping between
service types and AAL paths.
4. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to configure an AAL2 path for
HSDPA based on network planning requirements.
l In an IP network:
1. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP to query whether resource management
mapping is configured for the adjacent node.
If configured, check the TRMMAP index of the adjacent node.
If not configured, run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to query the default
TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node based on the settings of Interface Type and
Transport Type. For example, if Interface Type is set to Iub Interface, then the value
for TRMMAP ID will be 1.
2. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the IP path mapping
to the HSDPA service is configured according to the TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent
node.
If configured, no further action is required.
If not configured, run the RNC MML command ADD IPPATH to configure the IP path
mapping to the HSDPA service.

----End

NOTE

To ensure that HSDPA services can be successfully set up, HSDPA services must be mapped to the
corresponding AAL2 paths or IP paths. To prevent ongoing services from being affected, you can add new
AAL2 or IP paths.
The following ATM configurations are recommended:
l To enable the peak data rate per user to reach 14.4 Mbit/s, the Synchronous Transport Module level-1
(STM-1) standard must be complied with. Note that the ATM over multi-E1 transmission scheme
cannot support a peak data rate per user of 14.4 Mbit/s.
l The bandwidth of AAL2 paths is 20 Mbit/s and the bandwidth of intermediate transmission devices is
not lower than 20 Mbit/s.
The following IP configurations are recommended:
l To enable the peak data rate per user to reach 14.4 Mbit/s, the bandwidth of IP paths is 18 Mbit/s and
the bandwidth of intermediate transmission devices is not lower than 18 Mbit/s.
l For IP RANs, the recommended IP bandwidth is 18 Mbit/s because the physical bandwidth of IP paths
must be higher than the Uu-interface data rate. For port configurations on the two ends in IP RANs,
the port data rate must be 100 Mbit/s and the full duplex mode must be used.
l MML Command Examples
//Modifying the protocol version for a NodeB
MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1, NodeBProtclVer=R9;

//Setting HSDPA-related parameters based on the network plan

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000, AllocCodeMode=Automatic, HsPdschMaxCodeNum=15,


HsPdschMinCodeNum=1, CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON;

//Activating HSDPA Introduction Package


ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000;

//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters


//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters for an Iub over ATM network
ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=118, ST=RTVBR, UT=KBIT/S, PCR=5150, SCR=5149, REMARK="5M-for-
HSDPA";
ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=10, PATHID=2, CARRYT=IMA, CARRYF=1, CARRYSN=0,
CARRYIMAGRPN=1, RSCGRPFLAG=NO, VPI=13, VCI=71, TXTRFX=118, RXTRFX=118,
AAL2PATHT=HSPA;

//Adding an AAL2 path to the NodeB


ADD AAL2PATH: NT=LOCAL, PATHID=2, SN=2, SBT=E1_COVERBOARD, PT=IMA,
JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, VPI=13, VCI=71, RU=KBPS, ST=NRTVBR, PCR=5150, SCR=5149,
RCR=5150;

//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters for an Iub over IP network


ADD IPPATH: ANI=0, PATHID=1, ITFT=IUB, TRANST=IP, PATHT=BE,
IPADDR="172.16.1.1", PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0",
TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSUPA Introduction Package feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-2, Table 8-3, and
Table 8-4. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-2 Configuring the parameters on the CME (Activating HSDPA Introduction Package)

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 UNODEB RNC NodeB NodeBProtclVer No


Protocol (BSC6900,BSC6910
Version )

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 70


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

2 UCELLHSDPA RNC Cell Id CellId Yes


(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

Code HsPdschCodeNum
Number for (BSC6900,BSC6910
HS-PDSCH )

Code Max HsPdschMaxCode-


Number for Num
HS-PDSCH (BSC6900,BSC6910
)

3 UCELLHSDPA RNC Cell ACTSTATUS Yes


HSDPA
state
(Set this
parameter to
Activated.)

Table 8-3 Configuring the parameter on the CME (Configuring Iub-transmission-related


parameters for an Iub over ATM network)

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 ATMTRF RNC Traffic TRFX No


index (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Service type ST
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Rate unit UT
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Peak cell PCR


rate (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

Minimum MCR
cell rate (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

2 TRMMAP RNC - - No
NOTE
Use this MO to query
transport resource
mapping.

3 AAL2PATH RNC Adjacent ANI No


Node ID (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

AAL2 Path PATHID


ID (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Bearing CARRYT
type (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Bearing CARRYF
subrack No. (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Bearing slot CARRYSN


No. (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

TX traffic TXTRFX
record index (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

RX traffic RXTRFX
record index (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

AAL2 Path AAL2PATHT


Type (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

4 AAL2PATH Node Node Type NT Yes


B
Path ID PATHID

Slot No. SN

Subboard SBT
Type

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

Bearer Port PT
Type

Join JNRSCGRP
Transmissio
n Resource
Group

VPI VPI

VCI VCI

Rate Unit RU

Bearer ST
Service
Type

Peak Cell PCR


Rate

Sustain Cell SCR


Rate

Receive RCR
Cell Rate

Table 8-4 Configuring the parameter on the CME (Configuring Iub-transmission-related


parameters for an Iub over IP network)

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 ADJMAP RNC - - No
NOTE
Use this MO to check
whether transport
resource mapping is
configured for an
adjacent node.

2 TRMMAP RNC - - No
NOTE
Use this MO to query
transport resource
mapping.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

3 IPPATH RNC Adjacent ANI No


(Op NOTE Node ID
tion If no IP path type is
al) specified for HSDPA IP path ID PATHID
services, use this MO to
specify an IP path type Interface ITFT
for HSDPA services. Type

Transport TRANST
Type

IP path type PATHT

Local IP IPADDR
address

Peer IP PEERIPADD
address R

Peer subnet PEERMASK


mask

Forward TXBW
Bandwidth

Backward RXBW
Bandwidth

Activation Observation
Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELL to check whether HSDPA Introduction Package
has been activated. If the value of the Cell HSDPA State parameter is AVAILABLE(HSDPA
Available cell), this feature has been activated.

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to deactivate HSDPA Introduction
Package.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELL to check whether HSDPA Introduction Package
has been deactivated. If the value of the Cell HSDPA State parameter is UNAVAILABLE
(HSDPA Unavailable cell), this feature has been deactivated.

----End

l MML Command Examples

//Deactivating HSDPA Introduction Package

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

DEA UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000;


DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL, CellId=3000, LstFormat=VERTICAL;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSUPA Introduction Package feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-5. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-5 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 UCELLHSDPA RNC Cell HSDPA state ACTSTATUS Yes


(Set this
parameter to
Deactivated.)

8.1.4 Performance Monitoring


None

8.1.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.1.6 Troubleshooting
None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 75


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.2 WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010651
HSDPA over Iur.

8.2.1 Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must have been configured
before this feature is activated.
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Feature Feature License License NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control Allocation s
Item Name for Unit
Multiple
Operators

WRFD-01 HSDPA LQW1HS HSDPA BSC690 Method 3# per


0651 over Iur DPA13RE over Iur 0 Mbp
S (per Mbps) BSC691 s
0

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 3#: it is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the capacity license item "HSDPA Throughput-1KBPS". The
licensed values can be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the parameter in
this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed values are automatically allocated among
the primary and secondary operators. If the parameter in this command is set to
ManualAssign, you also need to specify the related license parameters to implement
manual license allocation.
l Other Prerequisites
The neighboring RNC supports this feature.

8.2.2 Data Preparation


Table 8-6 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSUPA over Iur.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-6 Data to prepare before deploying HSUPA over Iur

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Cell Capability CellCapContai- Select the HSDSCH Radio network plan


Container nerFdd support indicator (internal)
(BSC6900,BSC6910 check box under this
) parameter.

Hsdpa cap ind over IurHsdpaSuppInd Set this parameter to Radio network plan
IUR for NRNC (BSC6900,BSC6910 ON. (internal)
)

8.2.3 Activation
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to configure the neighboring RNC's cell
with HSDSCH. In this step, select the HSDSCH support indicator check box under the
parameter Cell Capability Container.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC. In this step, set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for
NRNC to ON.

----End

MML Command Examples


//Activating HSDPA over Iur
MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1, CellId=1, CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-1;
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1, IurHsdpaSuppInd=ON;

Using the CME


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA over Iur feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-7. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 77


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-7 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 UEXT3GCELL RNC Cell CellCapContai- Yes


Capability nerFdd
Container (BSC6900,BSC6910
)

2 UNRNC RNC Hsdpa cap IurHsdpaSuppInd Yes


ind over IUR (BSC6900,BSC6910
for NRNC )

8.2.4 Activation Observation


Step 1 Verify that the feature HSDPA over Iur has been activated by performing the following
operations:
l Run the RNC MML command LST UNRNC to query the configuration of the neighboring
RNC.
l Run the RNC MML command LST UEXT3GCELL to query the configuration of the
neighboring RNC's cell.
Step 2 Verify that an HSDPA service has been set up by performing the following operations:
l Configure the neighboring RNC and its cell with the HSDPA function.
l Establish an HSDPA service under the serving RNC.
l The serving cell changes to a cell under the neighboring RNC.
If the RNSAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iur interface contains the dl-
TransportChannelType IE with the value of hsdsch, an HSDPA service has been set up
successfully.

----End

8.2.5 Deactivation
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC. In this step, set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for
NRNC to OFF.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL. In this step, deselect the HSDSCH
support indicator check box under the parameter Cell Capability Container.

----End

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating HSDPA over Iur

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 78


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1, IurHsdpaSuppInd=OFF;


MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1, CellId=1, CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-0;

Using the CME


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA over Iur feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-8. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-8 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 UEXT3GCELL RNC Cell CellCapContai- Yes


Capability nerFdd
Container (BSC6900,BSC6910
)

2 UNRNC RNC Hsdpa cap IurHsdpaSuppInd Yes


ind over IUR (BSC6900,BSC6910
for NRNC )

8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010652
SRB over HSDPA.

8.3.1 When to Use SRB over HSDPA


This feature is recommended in networks enabled with HSDPA.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

The more the number the UEs supporting SRB over HSDPA on the network, the larger the gain
produced by SRB over HSDPA is. For the distribution of UEs supporting SRB over HSDPA,
contact Huawei technical support.

8.3.2 Information to Be Collected


l Obtain the models of UEs that are incompatible with SRB over HSDPA.
In the initial phase of commercial SRB over HSDPA deployment, UEs that are incompatible
with SRB over HSDPA should be blacklisted to avoid the increase in the HSDPA call drop
ratio after SRB over HSDPA is enabled. The blacklisted UEs cannot use SRB over HSDPA
during RAB setup, RAB modification, periodic DRD for HSPA or HSPA+ technology,
and transition from other states to CELL_DCH state. For the models of UEs that are
incompatible with SRB over HSDPA, contact Huawei technical support.
l Collect the following key performance indicators (KPIs) to observe the impact of this
feature on network performance:
– PS call drop ratio
– HSDPA call drop ratio
– CPU usage on BSC6900 interface boards
Start the function of monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT to obtain the
CPU usage on each interface board. For details about how to start the function of
monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT, see LMT Online Help.
l Collect the counters described in the following table to evaluate the gains produced by SRB
over HSDPA.

Counter Name Counter Description NE Remarks

VS.HSDPA.Mean Number of Bytes Sent RNC The gains produced by SRB


ChThroughput.To- in HSDPA MAC-D over HSDPA must be
talBytes Flow for Cell observed when the values of
This counter measures the three counters basically
the HSDPA traffic in a remain unchanged.
cell.

VS.CellDCHUEs Number of UEs in RNC


CELL_DCH State for
Cell

VS.HSDPA.UE.M Average Number of RNC


ean.Cell HSDPA UEs for Cell

VS.PdschCodeAva Average Number of NodeB This counter is used to


il.Mean Available HS-PDSCH observe the gains produced
Codes in a Cell by F-DPCH in downlink code
resources.

8.3.3 Feature Deployment

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Requirements
l Feature
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature has been activated.
l Hardware
– Dependency on RNC hardware
None
– Dependency on NodeB hardware
For the BTS3812E, BTS3812A, and BTS3812AE, the EBBI, EBOI, or EDLP board
must be configured.
For the DBS3800, the EBBC or EBBCd board must be configured.
For the 3900 series base stations, the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board must be
configured.
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Feature Feature License License NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control Allocatio s
Item Name n for Unit
Multiple
Operators

WRFD-01 SRB over LQW1HS SRB over BSC6900 Method 3 per


0652 HSDPA DPA14RE HSDPA BSC6910 Mbp
S (per Mbps) s

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 3: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be consistent
with that of the license item "HSDPA Throughput-1KBPS". The licensed values can be set
by running the SET LICENSE command.
l Other requirements
– The RNC software version must be V900R016C00SPC620 or later.
NOTE

In V900R016C00SPC620, this feature can be enabled only when


DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH under the DraSwitch parameter is set to
off. Otherwise, the HSDPA call drop ratio will be deteriorated by more than 10% after this feature
is enabled. In V900R016C00SPC620 and later, there is no requirement on the application of this
feature.
– UEs must support F-DPCH or E-FDPCH.
The Support for F-DPCH and Support for Enhanced F-DPCH information elements
(IEs) in the RRC Connection Request message indicate whether a UE supports F-DPCH
and whether a UE supports E-FDPCH, respectively. You can create a Uu interface trace
task to check whether a UE supports F-DPCH or E-FDPCH, as shown in Figure 8-1.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

(For details about these two IEs, see section "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST" in
3GPP TS 25.331 V7.10.0 10.2.39.)

Figure 8-1 Support for F-DPCH and Support for Enhanced F-DPCH IEs

– The path for transmitting SRBs has been configured. The steps to check whether the
path for transmitting SRBs has been configured are as follows:
Scenarios in which ATM transmission is used
1. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJNODE to query the value of Adjacent Node
ID based on the NodeB ID and the adjacent node type (Iub interface).
2. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP with the Adjacent Node ID parameter set
to the value obtained in Step 1 to query Gold user TRMMAP index, Silver user
TRMMAP index, and Bronze user TRMMAP index under the NodeB.
3. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP with the TRMMAP index parameters set
to the values obtained in Step 2 to query HSDPA Signal primary path and HSDPA Signal
secondary path for gold, silver, and bronze subscribers.
NOTE

Before SRB over HSDPA is enabled, at least one of HSDPA Signal primary path and HSDPA
Signal secondary path for UEs must be set to NULL. Otherwise, run the RNC MML command
MOD TRMMAP with the HSDPA Signal primary path parameter set to EF (recommended value).
4. Run the RNC MML command LST AAL2PATH with the Adjacent Node ID parameter
set to the value obtained in Step 1 to query AAL2 Path Type.

If... Then...

The AAL2 Path Type Different types of services can share the same path
parameter is set to bandwidth. That is, the NodeB has been configured with a
SHARE path to allow SRBs to be carried over HSDPA.

The AAL2 Path Type Run the RNC MML command MOD AAL2PATH with the
parameter is set to R99 Adjacent Node ID parameter set to the value obtained in
Step 1 to set the AAL2 Path Type parameter to SHARE.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

If... Then...

The AAL2 Path Type Perform the following operations:


parameter is set to HSPA a. Record the values of TX traffic record index and RX
traffic record index for the path.
b. Run the RNC MML command LST ATMTRF.
c. Query the value of Service type corresponding to the
index obtained in the first step to check whether the value
of Service type contains the values of HSDPA Signal
primary path and HSDPA Signal secondary path
obtained in Step 3.
l If so, the NodeB has been configured with a path to allow
SRBs to be carried over HSDPA.
l If not, go to the next step.
d. Record the index corresponding to Service type whose
value is UBR_PLUS.
e. Run the RNC MML command MOD AAL2PATH with
the Adjacent Node ID parameter set to the value obtained
in Step 1, the AAL2 Path Type parameter to HSPA, and
the TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index
parameters to the values obtained in Step d.

Scenarios in which IP transmission is used


1. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJNODE to query the value of Adjacent Node
ID based on the NodeB ID and the adjacent node type (Iub interface).

2. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP with the Adjacent Node ID parameter set
to the value obtained in Step 1 to query Gold user TRMMAP index, Silver user
TRMMAP index, and Bronze user TRMMAP index under the NodeB.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

3. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP with the TRMMAP index parameters set
to the values obtained in Step 2 to query HSDPA Signal primary path and HSDPA Signal
secondary path for gold, silver, and bronze subscribers.
NOTE

Before SRB over HSDPA is enabled, at least one of HSDPA Signal primary path and HSDPA
Signal secondary path for UEs must be set to NULL. Otherwise, run the RNC MML command
MOD TRMMAP with the HSDPA Signal primary path parameter set to EF (recommended value).

4. Run the RNC MML command LST IPPATH with the Adjacent Node ID parameter set
to the value obtained in Step 1 to query the value of IP path type (the interface type is Iub
Interface).
The NodeB has been configured with a path to allow SRBs to be carried over HSDPA when
any of the following conditions is met:
l The value of IP path type contains the values of HSDPA Signal primary path and
HSDPA Signal secondary path obtained in Step 3.
l The IP path type parameter is set to QoS Path. This setting indicates that different
types of services can share the same path bandwidth.
If the preceding conditions are not met, run the RNC MML command ADD IPPATH to
set the IP path type parameter to values of HSDPA Signal primary path and HSDPA
Signal secondary path obtained in Step 3.

Data Preparation
Table 8-9 lists the data to prepare before deploying SRB over HSDPA.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-9 Data to prepare before activating the SRB over HSDPA feature

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data


Source

Type of Channel SrbChlType Set this parameter to Radio


Preferably Carrying (BSC6900,BSC6910) HSDPA network
Signaling RB (UL_DCH,DL_HSDSC plan
H). (internal)
If SRB over HSDPA is
enabled, set this
parameter to HSPA
(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDS
CH).

Effective Flag of SrbChlTypeRrcEf- It is recommended that Radio


Signaling RB Channel fectFlag this parameter be set to network
Type (BSC6900,BSC6910) FALSE. plan
(internal)

Cell Hspa Enhanced HspaEnhSwitch Set this parameter to Radio


function switch (BSC6900,BSC6910) E_F_DPCH_ON. network
plan
(internal)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data


Source

Function Switch FunctionSwitch If the SrbChlTypeRrcEf- Default


(BSC6900,BSC6910) fectFlag value/
(BSC6900,BSC6910) Recomme
parameter is set to nded value
TRUE, select the
RRC_CONN_STATE_
TO_NODEB_SWITCH
(RRC_CONN_STATE
_TO_NODEB_SWITC
H) check box under this
parameter.
If the
RRC_CONN_STATE_
TO_NODEB_SWITCH
(RRC_CONN_STATE
_TO_NODEB_SWITC
H) check box is not
selected, the RNC cannot
obtain the UE category
during RL setup. In this
case, the NodeB may send
a UE HSDPA packets
beyond the capability of
the UE to receive them.
As a result, PS call drops
occur due to SRB reset
after the UE fails to
receive correct downlink
SRBs and TRBs.

Extra Power For Srb EXTRAPOWERFOR It is recommended that Engineerin


SRB this parameter be set to 2. g design

Dynamic Resource DraSwitch2 Select the Default


Allocation Switch 2 (BSC6900,BSC6910) DRA_BASE_COVER_ value/
LOAD_SRB_H2D_SW Recomme
ITCH check box under nded value
this parameter.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 86


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data


Source

DL Non-HSPA Power SrbH2DNonHLoad- It is recommended that Default


Initial Load State for State this parameter be set to value/
SRB H2D (BSC6900,BSC6910) DL_OVERRLOAD_ST Recomme
ATE. This setting nded value
indicates that the initial
state of the downlink low
non-HSPA load in the
weak coverage- and low
load-based SRB H2D
function is set to loaded.

RSCP Lower Thld for SrbOverHsdpaRscp- It is recommended that Default


SRB over HS-DSCH DownThd this parameter be set to value/
-110. Recomme
nded value

RSCP Upper Thld for SrbOverHsdpaRsc- It is recommended that Default


SRB over HS-DSCH pUpThd this parameter be set to value/
-105. Recomme
nded value

Ec/N0 Lower Thld for SrbOverHsdpaEcn0 It is recommended that Default


SRB over HS-DSCH DownThd this parameter be set to value/
17. Recomme
nded value

Ec/N0 Upper Thld for SrbOverHsdpaEcn0 It is recommended that Default


SRB over HS-DSCH UpThd this parameter be set to value/
23. Recomme
nded value

HSPA Technologies RetryCapability If SRB over HSDPA Radio


Retried by UEs (BSC6900,BSC6910) requires the periodic network
retry, deselect the plan
SRB_OVER_HSDPA (internal)
check box under this
parameter.

Fake EcNo FakeEcNo It is recommended that Radio


(BSC6900,BSC6910) this parameter be set to network
29, corresponding to the plan
actual value –10dB. (internal)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data


Source

Special User Function SpecUserFunctionS- Select the Default


Switch3 witch3 SPECUSER_SRB_OV value/
(BSC6900,BSC6910) ER_HSDPA_DISABLE Recomme
D_SWITCH check box nded value
under this parameter to
enable the blacklist
function for the UE.
Using this approach
counteracts the increase
in the PS call drop ratio
caused by incompatibility
between SRB over
HSDPA and UEs.

Precautions
Before enabling SRB over HSDPA, enable PS IMEI acquisition to allow the RNC to obtain the
type approval codes (TACs) of UEs. By doing this, UEs that are incompatible with SRB over
HSDPA can be blacklisted. International mobile equipment identities (IMEIs) can be obtained
in any of the following ways:

l On the RNC side, select the RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH check box under


the PROCESSSWITCH2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command to enable PS IMEI acquisition.
l On the CN side, select the GETIMEI check box under the CHKIMEI parameter in the
SET PMM command to enable PS IMEI acquisition. This is an example of Huawei
SGSN9810 V900R010C02.
Before enabling this feature, prohibit UEs that do not support SRB over HSDPA from using
this feature by deselecting CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH under the
CmpSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command. Otherwise, the PS RAB setup success rate decreases.

Activation

Using MML Commands


Step 1 (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSEto set theSRB over HSDPA-kbps parameter to specify the PS throughput for the
primary or secondary operator.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA and set the following parameters:
l Set the Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RBparameter toHSDPA
(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH). If SRB over HSUPA is enabled, set this parameter toHSPA
(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH).

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

l Set the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Typeparameter toFALSE (recommended


value) to reduce the impact of SRB over HSDPA on the RRC and RAB setup success ratio.
For details about the impact, see sectionRadio Bearers.
NOTE

l After this step is performed, SRB over HSDPA and F-DPCH are activated.
l If the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type parameter is set toTRUE, you need to run the
RNC MML commandSET URRCTRLSWITCHand select
theRRC_CONN_STATE_TO_NODEB_SWITCHcheck box under theFunction Switch parameter
to reduce the impact of SRB over HS-DSCH on the RAB setup success ratio.

Step 3 Run the RNC MML command MOD CELLALGOSWITCH with theCell Hspa Enhanced
function switch parameter set toE_F_DPCH_ON to enable the E-FDPCH function.

Step 4 Set the parameters related to SRB H2D and power appending to the SRB queue to counteract
the increase in the HSDPA call drop ratio:
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCHand select
theDRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCHcheck box under theDynamic
Resource Allocation Switch 2 parameter to enable the weak coverage- and low load-based
SRB H2D function.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE and set the
parameters as follows:
l Set the DL Non-HSPA Power Initial Load State for SRB H2Dparameter
toDL_OVERRLOAD_STATE (recommended value). That is, set the initial state of
the downlink low non-HSPA load in the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D
function to overload state.
l Set the following thresholds for determining whether UEs are located in weak-coverage
areas:
- Set the SrbOverHsdpaRscpDownThdparameter to-110 (recommended value).
- Set the SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpThdparameter to-105 (recommended value).
- Set the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThdparameter to17 (recommended value).
- Set the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThdparameter to23 (recommended value).
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC with theFake EcNo parameter set to17
(recommended value). By doing this, the RNC determines whether UEs in access mode
are located in weak-coverage areas by using the value of this parameter when no valid Ec/
N0 is reported.
4. Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA. In this step, set bit 5 ofReserved
Switch 11 to1 to enable SRB D2H based on coverage and load.
5. Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA. In this step, set bit 14
ofReserved Switch 7 to0 to disable SRB H2D based on code resources.
6. Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA. In this step, set bit 12
ofReserved Switch 11to1.
7. Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with theExtra Power
For Srbparameter set to2. By doing this, the NodeB will reduce the CQI reported by a UE
by 2 dB to adjust the transmit power of the SRB queue or the size of the data block to be
sent in the SRB queue.
8. Run the RNC MML command SET UFDPCHRLPWR. In this step, setFDPCH
Maximum Reference Powerto30andFDPCH Minimum Reference Power to-150.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

9. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with bit31 ofCORRM
Algorithm Reserved Switch 1 set to 1.

Step 5 (Optional) If SRB over HSDPA does not require periodic retry, run the RNC MML command
SET UFRC and deselect theSRB_OVER_HSDPAcheck box under theHSPA Technologies
Retried by UEs parameter.

Step 6 Perform the following operations to blacklist UEs that are incompatible with SRB over HSDPA:
1. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCHand select
theRNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI Request Switch)check box
under theProcess Control Switch 2 parameter to enable PS IMEI acquisition.
NOTE

This step does not need to be performed in the following scenarios:


l The RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCHcheck box has been selected. If the output of the RNC
MML commandLST URRCTRLSWITCHincludes Process Control Switch 2 =
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH::ON, theRNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH check
box has been selected.
l The PS IMEI acquisition has been enabled on the CN side. If the output of the RNC MML command
LST PMM includes "Check IMEI = Get imei only" or "Check IMEI = Check IMEI", the PS IMEI
acquisition function has been enabled on the CN side. This is an example of Huawei SGSN9810
V900R010C02.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UIMEITACto blacklist UEs that are incompatible
with SRB over HSDPA. In this step, setThe function of the
TACtoSpecial_User_Enhance, setTACandDescriptionof the UEs that are incompatible
with SRB over HSDPA, and select
theSPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCHcheck box under
theSpecial User Function Switch3 parameter.
The following table lists the blacklisted terminals.

SN Description TAC

1 Blackberry BB9900 35427905

2 HUAWEI U8860 86894300

3 HUAWEI E367 35361304

4 HUAWEI E372 35314704

5 SAMSUNG Galaxy S2 35884804

6 Blackberry BB9810 35812304

7 MotorolaXT890 35253105

Step 7 To reduce the risk of call drops caused by inter-RNC handovers, run the RNC MML command
MOD UEXT3GCELL and deselect theFDPCH_SUPPORTcheck box under theCell
Capability Container parameter.

Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step,
deselectCMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH under theCompatibility Switch
parameter to disable the compatibility processing for the UE F-DPCH capability.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Step 9 Enable the call reestablishment feature for PS services to counteract the impact on the HSDPA
call drop ratio.
1. Set the following parameters appropriately:
l Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to setTimer 302,Constant
302,Timer 313,Constant 313,Constant 315, andTimer 315.
l Run the SET USTATETIMERcommand to setTimer for Wait for Cell Update
Specific to PS UE.
l Run the SET USTATETIMERcommand and setHO active set update response
timer,HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, andWait RB reconfiguration response
timer.
2. Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for PS services.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and selectPS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) underOptimization Switch.
3. Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL out-of-
synchronization problems and SRB resets.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectSRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)
andRLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH)
underOptimization Switch.
4. Set the timer for the Active Set Update process.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and selectASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH)underOptimization Switch.
Run the SET USTATETIMERcommand to setHO active set update response timer.
5. Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by measurement
control.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and selectMC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) underOptimization Switch.
6. Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU sending.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectTRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH underProcess Control Switch 4.
7. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical
channel reconfiguration.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectPHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH underProcess Control Switch 4.
Run the SET USTATETIMER command to setHO PhyCh reconfiguration timer.
8. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB setup.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectRB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCHunderProcess Control Switch
4.
9. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB
reconfiguration during DCCC.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectRB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH)
underOptimization Switch.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Run the SET USTATETIMER command to setWait RB reconfiguration response


timer.
10. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and selectIUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH
underProcess Control Switch 4.
11. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by inter-RAT
handover.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectIRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH underProcess Control Switch
4.
NOTE

The RAB assignment timer on the CN side must be set to a value greater than 15s for the call
reestablishment triggered by inter-RAT handovers.
12. Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by
physical channel reconfiguration timeout.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectPHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCHunderProcess Control Switch 4.
13. Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by
radio bearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectRBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCHunderProcess Control Switch 4.
14. Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by
the timeout of radio bearer reconfiguration timeout in during procedures other than DCCC.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectNON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCHunderImprovement Switch.
15. Enable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security
mode setup timeout.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectSMC_RL_REEST_SWITCHunderImprovement Switch.
16. Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and
selectRL_RESTORE_SWITCHunderOptimization Switch.
17. Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCHcommand and select
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCHunderOptimization Switch.

----End

MML Command Examples


/*Setting the type of channel preferentially carrying SRBs to HS-DSCH*/
//SRB over HSUPA is not enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSDPA, SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=False;
//SRB over HSUPA is enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA, SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=False;
//Enabling the E-FDPCH function
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, HspaEnhSwitch=E_F_DPCH_ON;
/*Enabling the following functions to counteract the increase in the PS call drop
ratio*/
//Enabling the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D function an setting
related parameters

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH-1;


SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE: SrbH2DNonHLoadState=DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE,
SrbH2DRabRscpPeriodTimer=D2000, SrbOverHsdpaRscpDownThd=-110,
SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpThd=-105, SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThd=17, SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThd=23;

//Enabling SRB D2H based on coverage and load


SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch11=RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5-1;
//Disabling SRB H2D based on code resources
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch7=RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14-0;
//Enabling SRBoH after SRBs of UEs experience H2P and then are switched to
CELL_DCH
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch11=RESERVED_SWITCH_1;

//Setting the fake Ec/N0 to 17, corresponding to the actual value –16 dB
SET UFRC: FakeEcNo=17;
//Enabling the function of adjusting the transmit power of the SRB queue and the
size of the data block to be sent in the SRB queue

SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWERFORSRB=2;


//Setting the maximum transmit power of the F-DPCH
SET UFDPCHRLPWR:FDPCHMAXREFPWR=30, FDPCHMINREFPWR=-150;
//Setting the DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH to ON
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling periodic retry for SRB over HSDPA
SET UFRC: RetryCapability=SRB_OVER_HSDPA-0;
//(Optional) Enabling the PS IMEI acquisition
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH-1;
//Blacklisting UEs that are incompatible with SRB over HSDPA
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35314704, Description="HUAWEI
E372", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35427905, Description="BLACKBERRY
BB9900", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35427905, Description="BLACKBERRY
BB9900", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=86894300, Description="HUAWEI
U8860", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35361304, Description="HUAWEI
E367", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35884804, Description="SANSUMG
Galaxy S2", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35812304, Description="BLACKBERRY
BB9810", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35253105, Description="Motorola
XT890", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;

//Deselecting the FDPCH_SUPPORT check box under the Cell Capability Container
parameter
MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1, CellId=1, CellCapContainerFdd=FDPCH_SUPPORT-0;
//Disabling compatibility processing for UE F-DPCH capability
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CmpSwitch=CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the call reestablishment feature for PS services //Modifying related
timers based on user experience
SET UCONNMODETIMER: T302=D1400, N302=3, T313=3, N313=D20,T315=D10, N315=D20;
//Setting the PS service reestablishment switches to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the cross-Iur link reestablishment switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switches for triggering call reestablishment in case of out-of-
synchronization, SRB reset, and TRB reset to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
OptimizationSwitch=SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RL_RESTORE
_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the active set update switch and measurement control link reestablishment
switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the physical channel reconfiguration switch and physical channel
reconfiguration enhancement switch to on

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SET URRCTRLSWITCH:
PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-1&PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the RB setup enhancement switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the RB reconfiguration switch, RB reconfiguration enhancement switch, and
non-DCCC RB reconfiguration switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
OptimizationSwitch=RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
ImprovementSwitch=NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment in security mode to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ImprovementSwitch=SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment after cancellation of an inter-RAT
handover to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH-1;

Using the CME


NOTE

When configuring the SRB over HSDPA feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and
then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-10. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, seeCME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
pressF1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-10 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 UFRCCHLTYP RNC Type of SrbChlType Yes


EPARA Channel (BSC6900,
Preferably BSC6910)
Carrying
Signaling RB

Effective Flag SrbChlTypeRrc


of Signaling EffectFlag
RB Channel (BSC6900,
Type BSC6910)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

2 UCELLALGOS RNC Cell Hspa HspaEnhSwitc Yes


WITCH Enhanced h
function (BSC6900,
switch BSC6910)

3 UCORRMALG RNC Dynamic DraSwitch2 Yes


OSWITCH Resource (BSC6900,
Allocation BSC6910)
Switch 2

4 UCHLQUALIT RNC DL Non- SrbH2DNonHL Yes


YEVALUATE HSPA Power oadState
Initial Load (BSC6900,
State for SRB BSC6910)
H2D

RSCP Lower SrbOverHsd- Yes


Thld for SRB paRscpDownTh
over HS- d
DSCH

RSCP Upper SrbOverHsdpa Yes


Thld for SRB RscpUpThd
over HS-
DSCH

Ec/N0 Lower SrbOverHsdpa Yes


Thld for SRB Ecn0DownThd
over HS-
DSCH

Ec/N0 Upper SrbOverHsdpa Yes


Thld for SRB Ecn0UpThd
over HS-
DSCH

5 UFRC RNC Fake EcNo FakeEcNo Yes


(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

6 ULOCELLMAC RNC Extra Power EXTRAPOWE Yes


HSPARA For Srb RFORSRB

7 UFRC RNC HSPA RetryCapability Yes


(Optio Technologies (BSC6900,
nal) Retried by BSC6910)
UEs

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME Batch
Modification
Center

8 URRCTRLSWI RNC Process PROCESSSWI Yes


(Optio TCH Control TCH2
nal) Switch 2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

9 UIMEITAC RNC The function TAC_FUNC No


of the TAC

TAC TAC

Description Description

Special User SpecUserFunc-


Function tionSwitch3
Switch3

10 UEXT3GCELL RNC Cell CellCapContai- Yes


Capability nerFdd
Container (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Activation Observation
l Checking whether SRB over HSDPA takes effect
Observe the value of the VS.HSDPA.SRBoH.UE.Mean.Cell counter, which measures the
average number of UEs supporting the SRB over HSDPA feature in a cell. If the counter
value is not zero, this feature takes effect on the cell.
l Checking whether the E-FDPCH function takes effect
Create a Uu interface trace task on the RNC LMT and select RB SETUP under Uu Message
Type to trace Uu interface signaling messages. Then, check the value of SlotFormat, as
shown in Figure 8-2.
If the value of SlotFormat for a UE using E-FDPCH ranges from 1 to 9, E-FDPCH takes
effect. Note that E-FDPCH may also take effect if SlotFormat is set to 0 for a UE using
this function.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 8-2 SlotFormat

Deactivation

Using MML Commands


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with the Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB parameter set to DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH). If the SRB
over HSUPA feature is enabled, set this parameter to HSUPA(UL_EDCH,DL_DCH).
NOTE

After step 1 is performed, SRB over HSDPA and F-DPCH are deactivated.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD CELLALGOSWITCH with the Cell Hspa Enhanced
function switch parameter set to E_F_DPCH_OFF to disable E-FDPCH.

Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and deselect the
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH check box under the Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch 2 parameter to disable the weak coverage- and low load-based
SRB H2D function.

Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with the Extra Power For
Srb parameter set to 0 to disable the function of adjusting the transmit power of the SRB queue
and the size of the data block to be sent in the SRB queue.

Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA. In this step, set bit 5 of Reserved
Switch 11 to 0.

Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA. In this step, set bit 14 of Reserved
Switch 7 to 1.

Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA. In this step, set bit 12 of Reserved
Switch 11 to 0.

Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to disable the call reestablishment
feature for PS services.

----End

MML Command Examples


/*Setting the Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB parameter to DCH*/
//SRB over HSUPA is not enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH;
//SRB over HSUPA is enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA;

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

//Disabling the E-FDPCH function


MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, HspaEnhSwitch=E_F_DPCH_OFF;
//Disabling the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB HS-DSCH to DCH function

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH-0;


//Disabling the function of adjusting the transmit power of the SRB queue and the
size of the data block to be sent in the SRB queue
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWERFORSRB=0;

//Disabling SRB D2H based on coverage and load


SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch11=RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5-0;
//Enabling SRB H2D based on code resources
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch7=RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14-1;
//Disabling SRBoH after SRBs of UEs experience H2P and then are switched to
CELL_DCH
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch11=RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT12-0;
//Deactivating the call reestablishment feature for PS services
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-0&
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0& RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0
,
OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH-0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RL_RESTORE_SWITCH-0&RB_RECFG
_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0;

8.3.4 Performance Monitoring

Gains Monitored by Using Counters


The gains produced by SRB over HSDPA should be observed when the values of the following
counters basically remain unchanged:

l VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes: measures the HSDPA traffic in a cell.


l VS.CellDCHUEs: measures the number of UEs in the CELL_DCH state in a cell.
l VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell: measures the average number of HSDPA UEs in a cell.

With this feature, F-DPCH saves downlink code resources. After this feature is enabled, the
following symptoms occur in the top cells with a large number of UEs using SRB over HS-
DSCH during busy hours: The value of the VS.PdschCodeAvail.Mean counter increases
drastically.

Select the VS.HSDPA.SRBoH.UE.Mean.Cell counters whose values are greater than or equal
to 4 for all cells in either a half-hour or a one-hour period during peak hours. If the percentage
of the selected counters in all such counters exceeds 30% for a cell, the cell is a top cell. If the
number of top cells is less than 3, only a few number of UEs are using SRB over HS-DSCH,
and the gains produced by SRB over HSDPA in code resources cannot be observed.

Gains Monitored by Performing Drive Tests


SRB over HSDPA reduces the call setup delay, which can be monitored by performing drive
tests.

Step 1 Perform drive tests at a place near the base station and with little path loss.

Step 2 Measure the call setup delay after SRB over HSDPA is activated.
1. Activate SRB over HSDPA.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

2. Use an HSDPA UE to originate a PS service.


3. Calculate the interval between the time the UE sends an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message and the time the UE receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

Step 3 In the same drive test environment, measure the call setup delay after SRB over HSDPA is
deactivated.
1. Deactivate SRB over HSDPA.
2. Use the same HSDPA UE to originate a PS service.
3. Calculate the interval between the time the UE sends an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message and the time the UE receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT message.

Step 4 Repeat the preceding operations more than three times.

----End

Compare the call setup delay after feature activation and deactivation to evaluate the gains
produced by SRB over HSDPA in the call setup delay. The gains produced by SRB over HSDPA
in the call setup delay vary depending on the number and size of SRBs transmitted on the HS-
DSCH during the call setup.

If SRB over HSDPA does not take effect during the RRC connection setup, SRB packets
transmitted on the HS-DSCH include such signaling messages as ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT
ACCEPT and MEASUREMENT CONTROL during the call setup.

l Before SRB over HSDPA is enabled, the preceding messages included in SRB packets
require multiple SRB RLC packets to transmit. It takes 40 ms to transmit an SRB RLC
packet whose transport block is 148 bits in size. The larger SRBs require a longer period
to transmit.
You can run the ADD UTYPSRBDYNTF command and set the TBSIZE
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to adjust the size of a transport block, and run the ADD/
MOD UTYPSRBSEMISTATICTF command and set the TTI(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter to change the TTI of an SRB RLC packet.
l After SRB over HSDPA is enabled, the preceding messages included in SRB packets may
require only 2 ms to transmit because the 2 ms TTI is used, reducing the call setup delay
significantly.

Impacts on Network Performance


You need to monitor the following KPIs because SRB over HSDPA may increase the PS call
drop ratio:

l PS call drop ratio


l HSDPA call drop ratio
l Call drop ratio for SRBs carried on the HS-DSCH =
(VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.SRBoH.H2P)/(VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.SRBoH +
VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel.SRBoH.All)
– VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.SRBoH.H2P: measures the number of RABs
abnormally released when UEs using SRB over HS-DSCH enter the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state for cells.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

– VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.SRBoH: measures the number of RABs abnormally


released for UEs using SRB over HS-DSCH for cells.
– VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel.SRBoH.All: measures the number of RABs normally
released for UEs using SRB over HS-DSCH for cells.
SRB over HSDPA may increase the CPU usage on BSC6900 interface boards, which can
be monitored by the function of monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT.

8.3.5 Parameter Optimization

Scenarios Where the HSDPA RAB Setup Success Ratio Decreases and the HSDPA
Call Drop Ratio Increases
l Setting the parameters of the SRB H2D function
If SRB over HSDPA increases the HSDPA call drop ratio by 10% at least, perform the
following operations to reduce the PS call drop ratio:
– Increase the values of the SrbOverHsdpaRscpDownThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML
command SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE. Larger values indicate a higher
probability that UEs are located in weak-coverage areas. In this case, the number of
UEs whose SRBs are switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH increases in weak-
coverage areas and low load cells, thereby controlling the increase in the PS call drop
ratio. However, the positive gains produced by SRB over HSDPA are also reduced.
– Increase the value of the SrbH2DNonHLoadState(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the RNC MML command SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE. A larger value
indicates a higher probability that UEs are located in low-load cells. In this case, the
number of UEs whose SRBs are switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH increases in
weak-coverage areas and low load cells, thereby controlling the increase in the PS call
drop ratio. However, the positive gains produced by SRB over HSDPA are also reduced.
– Increase the value of the CellLdrSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC
MML command MOD UCELLLDR. A larger value indicates a higher probability that
UEs are located in low-load cells. In this case, the number of UEs whose SRBs are
switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH increases in weak-coverage areas and low
load cells, thereby controlling the increase in the PS call drop ratio. However, the
positive gains produced by SRB over HSDPA are also reduced.
The UE's rate has a significant impact on Ec/N0. Therefore, it is not recommended that you
adjust the upper and lower Ec/N0 thresholds for enabling SRBs to be carried on the HS-
DSCH. That is, it is not recommended that you modify the values of the
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThd and SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThd parameters in the SET
UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE command.
l Blacklisting UEs that are incompatible with SRB over HSDPA
Perform the following operations to check whether call drops occur on a type of UEs in
certain a scenario:

1. Observe the counters in the following formula to check whether most of call drops
occur on HSDPA UEs:
Rate of RABs abnormally released for HSDPA UEs = VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel/
(VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel + VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

2. Observe the number of RABs abnormally released for UEs using SRB over HSDPA
to check whether most of call drops occur on theses UEs.
3. If most of call drops occur on UEs using SRB over HSDPA, check whether a type of
UEs experience the call drops in a certain scenario.
If a type of UEs experience call drops in a certain scenario, this type of UEs is incompatible
with SRB over HSDPA in such scenario. In this case, run the RNC MML command ADD
UIMEITAC and select SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH
check box under the Special User Function Switch3 parameter to blacklist these UEs.

Scenarios Where the CPU Usage on Interface Boards Increases


If the CPU usage on interface boards increases by more than 50% after SRB over HSDPA is
enabled, it is recommended that you add more interface boards for load sharing.

8.3.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.4 WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13.976Mbps per User


Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
RNC: The DPUb or DPUe board in the RNC supports the data rate 14.4 Mbit/s.
NodeB: None.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature that the HSDPA 13.976Mbps
per User feature depends on has been activated.
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Feature Feature License License NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control Allocation s
Item Name for Unit
Multiple
Operators

WRFD-01 HSDPA LQW1HS HSDPA BSC690 Method 3# per


0650 13.976Mb DPA12RE 13.976Mb 0 Mbp
ps per User S ps per User BSC691 s
(per Mbps) 0

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Method 3#: it is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be


consistent with that of the capacity license item "HSDPA Throughput-1KBPS". The
licensed values can be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the parameter in
this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed values are automatically allocated among
the primary and secondary operators. If the parameter in this command is set to
ManualAssign, you also need to specify the related license parameters to implement
manual license allocation.

Data Preparation
None

Activation
This feature is activated after the license controlling this feature is activated.

Activation Observation
None

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.5 WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
None
l Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package on which the 15 Codes per Cell
feature depends has been configured.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see Requirements.

Data Preparation
Table 8-11 lists the data to prepare before deploying 15 Codes per Cell.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-11 Data to prepare before deploying 15 Codes per Cell

MO Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

UCELLHSDPA AllocCodeMode Set this parameter to Radio network


(BSC6900,BSC6910) Manual(Manual). plan (internal)

HsScchCodeNum none Radio network


(BSC6900,BSC6910) plan (internal)

HsPdschCodeNum none Radio network


(BSC6900,BSC6910) plan (internal)

Activation(Using MML Commands)


NOTE

Before running the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA, run the RNC MML command DEA
UCELLHSDPA to deactivate HSDPA, configure HSDPA, and run the RNC MML command ACT
UCELLHSDPA to reactivate HSDPA.
Before running the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA, run the RNC MML command DEA
UCELLEFACH to deactivate the enhanced CELL_FACH feature, configure enhanced CELL_FACH,
and run the RNC MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to reactivate enhanced CELL_FACH.
By default, each cell is configured with four HS-SCCH codes. If a cell has four HS-SCCH codes, the cell
can use only 14 HS-PDSCH codes. If you want to configure 15 HS-PDSCH codes for the cell, run the RNC
MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with Code Number for HS-SCCH set to 1.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA and set Code Number for HS-SCCH
to 1.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with Allocate Code Mode set to Manual
(Manual) and Code Number for HS-PDSCH set to 15.

----End

l MML Command Examples

//Configuring 15 HS-PDSCH codes for a cell


MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, HsScchCodeNum=1;
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, AllocCodeMode=Manual, HsPdschCodeNum=15;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the 15 Codes per Cell feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-12. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 103


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

NOTE

Before configuring HSDPA-related parameters for a cell (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell HSDPA Parameters; CME batch modification center:
Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), deactivate HSDPA (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell HSDPA Parameters. Set ACTSTATUS to
Deactivated; CME batch configuration: No supported), configure HSDPA, and reactivate HSDPA (CME
single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell HSDPA
Parameters. Set ACTSTATUS to Activated; CME batch configuration: No supported).
Before configuring parameters related to enhanced CELL_FACH for a cell (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell HSDPA Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), deactivate enhanced CELL_FACH
(CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Enhanced
FACH parameters. Set Validation indication to Deactivated; CME batch configuration: No supported),
configure enhanced CELL_FACH, and reactivate enhanced CELL_FACH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Enhanced FACH parameters. Set
Validation indication to Activated; CME batch configuration: No supported).
By default, the number of HS-SCCH codes for each cell is 4. If the default number is used, the HS-PDSCH
can use only 14 SF16 codes. To enable the HS-PDSCH to use all 15 SF16 codes, set the value of Code
Number for HS-SCCH to 1 (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell
Parameters > Cell HSDPA Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell
Parameters in Batches).

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

Table 8-12 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurab


Object (MO) Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 UCELLHSDP RNC Allocate Code AllocCodeMode Yes


A Mode (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Code Number HsScchCodeNum Yes


for HS-SCCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Code Number HsPdschCodeNu Yes


for HS- m
PDSCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation Observation
Step 1 Initialize UMTS monitoring on the RNC LMT, as shown in Figure 8-3. Click Submit. A real-
time monitoring window is displayed.

Figure 8-3 Cell Performance Monitoring

Step 2 Check whether 15 SF16 codes are occupied by the HS-PDSCH in the Cell Performance
Monitoring window.

Expected result:

The HS-PDSCH occupies 15 SF16 codes.

----End

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.6 WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature
depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see Requirements.

Data Preparation
None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation
This feature does not need to be activated.

Activation Observation
This feature does not need to be verified.

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.7 WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX


C/I, RR, and PF)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF).

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This feature
depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see Requirements.

Data Preparation
Table 8-13 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/
I, RR, and PF).

Table 8-13 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR,
and PF)

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Scheduling Method SM Set this parameter to Engineering


MAXCI(Max C/I Design
Algorithm), RR(Round
Robin Algorithm), or
PF(PF Algorithm).

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation(Using MML Commands)


NOTE

HSDPA H-ARQ is activated automatically without any configuration.


This section describes how to set Max C/I, RR, and PF scheduling algorithms. For details on how to set
the EPF scheduling algorithm, see the description of the feature WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on
EPF and GBR.

Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Scheduling Method
set to MAXCI(Max C/I Algorithm), RR(Round Robin Algorithm), or PF(PF Algorithm).
l MML Command Examples
//Activating HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF)
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=0, SM=MAXCI;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF) feature on the CME, perform
a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set the parameter described in Table 8-14 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-14 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Scheduling SM Yes


MACHSPA Method
RA

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA to query the value of the
Scheduling Method parameter.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 107


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.8 WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and


RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
Before this feature is activated, the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
must be configured.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see Requirements.

Data Preparation
Table 8-15 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-
Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation.

Table 8-15 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-
Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Allocate Code Mode AllocCodeMode Set this Radio network


(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter based plan (internal)
on onsite
conditions.

Code Number for HS- HsPdschCodeNum None Radio network


PDSCH (BSC6900,BSC6910) plan (internal)

Code Max Number for HsPdschMaxCodeNum 5 Radio network


HS-PDSCH (BSC6900,BSC6910) plan (internal)

Code Min Number for HsPdschMinCodeNum 1 Radio network


HS-PDSCH (BSC6900,BSC6910) plan (internal)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with Allocate Code Mode to Manual
(Manual) or Automatic(Automatic).

l If Allocate Code Mode is set to Manual, set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to specify
the number of HS-PDSCH codes.
l If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic, set Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH to
specify the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes and set Code Min Number for HS-
PDSCH to specify the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes.
l MML Command Examples

//Activating HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11, AllocCodeMode=Manual, HsPdschCodeNum=5,
HsScchCodeNum=4;
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11, AllocCodeMode=Automatic, HsPdschMaxCodeNum=5,
HsPdschMinCodeNum=1;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation
feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-16 on the CME. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-16 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 UCELLHS RNC Allocate AllocCodeM Yes


DPA Code Mode ode
NOTE (BSC6900,
If Allocate BSC6910)
Code
Modeis set
to Manual
(Manual),
go to
sequence 2.
If Allocate
Code Mode
is set to
Automatic
(Automatic
), go to
sequence 3.

2 (Optional) UCELLHS RNC Code HsPdschCo Yes


DPA Number for deNum
HS-PDSCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

3 (Optional) UCELLHS RNC Code Max HsPdschMa Yes


DPA Number for xCodeNum
HS-PDSCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Code Min HsPdschMi Yes


Number for nCodeNum
HS-PDSCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Observation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command LST UCELLHSDPA to query code allocation mode.

Step 2 On the RNC LMT, click to display Cell Performance Monitoring. Set Monitor Item to Cell
Code Tree Monitor and click Submit. The Cell Performance Monitoring tab page is displayed.

Step 3 View the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH in the cell. If Allocate Code Mode is
set to Manual, the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes
allocated to the HS-PDSCH remains unchanged. If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic,
the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes allocated to the
HS-PDSCH varies with service access requests in the cell. For example, the number of codes

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

allocated to the HS-PDSCH increases with the increase of HSDPA access requests and decreases
with the decrease of HSDPA access requests.

----End

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.9 WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this
feature is activated.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see Requirements.

Data Preparation
Table 8-17 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Flow Control.

Table 8-17 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Flow Control

MO Parameter ID Setting Notes Source

DLFLOWCTRLPARA SWITCH You are advised to set Default/


this parameter to Recommended
BW_SHAPING_ON Value
OFF_TOGGLE.

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET DLFLOWCTRLPARA with Flow Control Switch set
to an appropriate value to enable the NodeB HSDPA flow control function. The adaptive flow
control algorithm is recommended.

There are four types of HSDPA flow control algorithm as follows:

l When Flow Control Switch is set to STATIC_BW_SHAPING, the NodeB does not
adjust the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

interface. Then, subtracting Iub bandwidth used by R99 from Iub bandwidth configured,
the NodeB performs Iub shaping and distributes flow to HSDPA users.
l When Flow Control Switch is set to DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING, the NodeB adjusts the
available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface.
Then, considering the data rate on the air interface, the NodeB performs Iub shaping and
distributes flow to HSDPA users.
l When Flow Control Switch is set to NO_BW_SHAPING, the NodeB does not adjust the
bandwidth based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface. The NodeB reports the
conditions about the air interface to the RNC, and then the RNC allocates the bandwidth.
l When Flow Control Switch is set to BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE, the flow
control policy for the ports of the NodeB is either DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or
NO_BW_SHAPING in accordance with the congestion detection mechanism of the
NodeB. This flow control algorithm is recommended.
l MML Command Examples
//Activating HSDPA Flow Control and configuring the adaptive flow control algorithm
SET DLFLOWCTRLPARA: SRN=0, SN=6, BEAR=ATM, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=IMA, PN=0, SWITCH=
BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE, TD=2, DR=1, ITM=TERRESTRIAL;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA Flow Control feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and
then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set the parameter described in Table 8-18 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-18 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed Object NE Parameter Parameter Configura


(MO) Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 DLFLOWCTRL NodeB Flow Control SWITCH Yes


PARA Switch

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation Observation
Step 1 Choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring on the RNC
LMT. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth tasks.

Step 2 Assume that the current Iub bandwidth is 4 MHz and the bandwidth usage is 100%. Enable an
HSDPA-capable UE1 to access the network and originate a PS service. Record the throughput
of UE1.

Expected result:

The throughput of UE1 is 4 Mbps.

Step 3 Enable an HSDPA-capable UE2 to access the network (with the same configuration as UE1)
and originate a download service. Record the throughput of the two UEs.

Expected result:

The throughput of UE1 decreases after UE2 accesses the network. When the throughput of the
two UEs is stable, the total bandwidth of the two UEs is 4 MHz. If user priority, service type
and Security Parameter Index (SPI) of the two UEs are the same, the final ratio of the two UEs'
throughput is 1:1.

----End

Deactivation
You can deactivate the current algorithm by selecting one of the other flow control algorithms.

8.10 WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package that the HSDPA UE Category
1 to 28 feature depends on has been activated.
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see Requirements.

Data Preparation
None

Activation
This feature does not need to be activated.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation Observation
This feature does not need to be verified.

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.11 WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010629
DL 16QAM Modulation.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
– UE should have the capability of HSDPA besides Category 11 and Category 12:
category 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28.
l Dependencies on Other Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
l License

For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sal


ID Name Control Control ens Allocatio es
Item Name e n for Un
Co Multiple it
ntr Operator
ol s
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I

WRFD-0 DL LQW9HS HSDPA HS NodeB Method 1 per


10629 16QAM DPA01 function DP No
Modulati A deB
on fun
ctio
n

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 1: Some license control items, for example, Dynamic CE Function (per NodeB),
can be allocated only through the common group. For the NodeB license allocation among
multiple operators, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation
Table 8-19 lists the data to prepare before deploying DL 16QAM Modulation.

Table 8-19 Data to prepare before DL 16QAM Modulation

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

16QAM Switch CME16QAMSW Set this parameter to Engineering Design


OPEN(open).

Activation(Using MML Commands)


NOTE

HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated before activating this feature. For the method of activating
HSDPA Introduction Package, see the section 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.

Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with 16QAM Switch set to
OPEN(open).
l MML Command Examples
//Activating DL 16QAM Modulation
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=OPEN;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the DL 16QAM Modulation feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first,
and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set the parameter described in Table 8-20 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-20 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB 16QAM CME16QA Yes


MACHSPA Switch MSW
RA

Activation Observation
NOTE

For the 16QAM modulation of the HSDPA UE, the NodeB license control item must be enabled.
As defined in 3GPP 25.306, the UE in category 8 can support both the QPSK and 16QAM modulation
schemes. However, only the 16QAM modulation scheme enables the throughput of category 8 UE to reach
5 Mbit/s. The throughput of category 8 UE can reach 5 Mbit/s only the radio environment is favorable.

Perform the following steps to check whether the download rate can reach 5 Mbit/s.

Step 1 Use the UE to start a PS interactive service of DL 7200 kbit/s. The PS service is carried on the
HS-DSCH. The UE keeps in Cell-DCH state.

Step 2 Start FTP (10 threads) to download given files, which are larger than 1 GB. By monitoring the
DL throughput and bandwidth, you find that the PS downloading service is normal and the bit
rate is higher than 5 Mbit/s.

----End

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with 16QAM Switch set to
CLOSE(close).

l MML Command Examples

//Deactivating DL 16QAM Modulation


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=CLOSE;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the DL 16QAM Modulation feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first,
and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Set the parameter described in Table 8-21 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-21 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB 16QAM CME16QA Yes


MACHSPA Switch MSW
RA

8.12 WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on


NodeB
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010631
Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sal


ID Name Control Control ens Allocatio es
Item Name e n for Un
Co Multiple it
ntr Operator
ol s
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I

WRFD-0 Dynamic LQW9H HSDPA HS NodeB Method 1 per


10631 Code DPCK01 RRM DP No
Allocatio Package 1 A deB
n Based (per RR
on Node NodeB) M
B

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 1: Some license control items, for example, Dynamic CE Function (per NodeB),
can be allocated only through the common group. For the NodeB license allocation among
multiple operators, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation
Table 8-22 lists the data to prepare before deploying Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB.

Table 8-22 Data to prepare before deploying Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB

MO Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

ULOCELLMACH DYNCODESW Set this parameter to Engineering Design


SPARA OPEN(open).

Activation(Using MML Commands)


NOTE

HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated before activating this feature. For the method of activating
HSDPA Introduction Package, see the section 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 118


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Dynamic Code
Switch set to OPEN(open).

l MML Command Examples

//Activating Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB on the NodeB side


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=OPEN;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-23 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-23 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed Object NE Parameter Parameter Configura


(MO) Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELLMACH NodeB Dynamic DYNCODE Yes


SPARA Code Switch SW

Activation Observation
l Using MML commands:

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Dynamic Code
Switch set to CLOSE(close).

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA.

Step 3 Set Allocate Code Mode to Manual.

Step 4 Set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 119


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Step 5 Use a UE of category 8 or higher to download 200 MB files from the FTP server in the serving
cell.

Step 6 Choose Service>Trace Management>Interface Trace Task>User from the navigation tree
in the Maintenance tab page on NodeB LMT, and select (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced Schedule
Data, as shown in Figure 8-4.

Figure 8-4 A user tracing task

Step 7 Query the value of ucMaxPdschCodeNum, as shown in Figure 8-5.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 120


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 8-5 Message Browser

Step 8 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Dynamic Code
Switch set to OPEN(open).

Step 9 Trace the (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced Schedule Data message and check the value for
ucMaxPdschCodeNum. If the value is larger than 5, the feature has been enabled, as shown in
Figure 8-6.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 8-6 Message Browser

----End

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Dynamic Code
Switch set to CLOSE(close).

l MML Command Examples

//Deactivating Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB on the NodeB


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=CLOSE;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-24 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-24 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Dynamic DYNCODE Yes


MACHSPA Code Switch SW
RA

8.13 WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010611
HSDPA Enhanced Package.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
– This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
– UE should support the functions related to HSDPA Enhanced Package.
l Dependencies on Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature that the HSDPA Enhanced
Package feature depends has been configured.
l License
This feature is not under license control.

Data Preparation
None

Activation/Activation Observation/Deactivation
For details on how to activate, verify, and deactivate the WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced
Package feature, see the following documents:

l 8.15 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR


l State Transition Feature Parameter Description
l Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.14 WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support


Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
l License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package
feature. For details about this license, see 8.13 WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced
Package.
l Other Requirements
UEs must support the HARQ Preamble function.

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with HARQ Preamble Capability
Indication set to Mode1.

MML Command Examples


//Activating HS-DPCCH Preamble Capability
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, HsdpcchPreambleSwitch=Mode1;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HS-DPCCH Preamble Support feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-25 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-25 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed Object NE Parameter Parameter Configurable


(MO) Name ID in CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 UCELLHSDPA RNC HARQ Preamble HsdpcchPre Yes


Capability ambleSwitch
Indication (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Activation Observation
On the RNC LMT, start an Iub-interface message tracing task. In the tracing results, check
whether the RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP or RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the "harq-
Preamble-Mode" IE whose value is 1, as shown in Figure 8-7.

This feature is successfully activated in either of the following scenarios:

l When SRB over DCH is achieved, the RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the "harq-
Preamble-Mode" IE whose value is 1.
l When SRB over HSDPA is achieved since the RB setup phase, the RRC_RB_SETUP
message contains the "harq-Preamble-Mode" IE whose value is 1.
l When SRB over HSDPA is achieved since the RRC connection setup phase, the
RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP message contains the "harq-Preamble-Mode" IE whose value
is 1.

Figure 8-7 Value of the "harq-Preamble-Mode" IE

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with HARQ Preamble Capability
Indication set to Mode0.

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating HS-DPCCH Preamble Capability
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, HsdpcchPreambleSwitch=Mode0;

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 125


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HS-DPCCH Preamble Support feature on the CME, perform a single configuration
first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-26 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-26 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configurable in


Object (MO) Name ID CME Batch
Modification
Center

1 UCELLHSDP RNC HARQ Preamble HsdpcchPre Yes


A Capability ambleSwitch
Indication (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

8.15 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
l Dependencies on Other Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
l License
This feature is not under license control.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation
Table 8-27 lists the data to prepare before deploying Scheduling based on EPF and GBR.

Table 8-27 Data to prepare before deploying Scheduling based on EPF and GBR

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Scheduling Method SM Set this parameter to Engineering Design


EPF(Enhanced PF).

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Scheduling Method
set to EPF(Enhanced PF).

l MML Command Examples

//Activating Scheduling based on EPF and GBR


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: SM=EPF;

Activation(Using the CME)

NOTE

When configuring the Scheduling based on EPF and GBR feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-28 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 127


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-28 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Scheduling SM Yes


MACHSPA Method
RA

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA and check whether
Scheduling Method is set to EPF.

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Scheduling Method
set to a value other than EPF(Enhanced PF).

l MML Command Examples

//Deactivating Scheduling based on EPF and GBR


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: SM=PF;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the Scheduling based on EPF and GBR feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-29 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-29 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Scheduling SM Yes


MACHSPA Method
RA

8.16 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic


BLER Target

8.16.1 When to Use CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER


Target
This feature is recommended for all scenarios. It helps increase cell downlink throughput by up
to 10%. It has no adverse impact on network performance.

This feature is not recommended if operators request a fixed target block error rate (BLER).

8.16.2 Information to Be Collected


Check whether operators have requested a fixed target BLER.

8.16.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-030010
CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
– The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EBOI, or EDLP
board.
– The BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.
– The BBU3900 must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd or WBBPf board.
l Dependencies on Other Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sal


ID Name Control Control ens Allocatio es
Item Name e n for Un
Co Multiple it
ntr Operator
ol s
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I

WRFD-0 CQI LQW9H CQI CQ NodeB Method 2 per


30010 Adjustme DPCK01 Adjustme I No
nt Based nt Based Adj deB
on on ust
Dynamic Dynamic me
BLER BLER nt
Target Target Bas
(per Cell) ed
on
Dy
na
mic
BL
ER
Tar
get

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 2: Some license control items, for example, UL CE Num, can be allocated through
both the common group and private groups. In this case, the licensed value specified by
the private group is preferentially used, and the licensed value specified by the common
group is used on a first-come, first-served basis. For the NodeB license allocation among
multiple operators, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation
Table 8-30 lists the data to prepare before deploying CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER
Target.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-30 Data to prepare before deploying CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data


Source

CQI Adjust CQIADJALGOFN To activate CQI Adjustment Engineerin


Algorithm Switch of ONCON Based on Dynamic BLER g Design
non-Conversational Target, set this parameter to
Service CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLE
R(CQI Adjusted by
Dynamic BLER). To
deactivate CQI Adjustment
Based on Dynamic BLER
Target, set this parameter to
NO_CQI_ADJ(Not CQI
Adjust Algorithm).

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with CQI Adjust
Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service set to CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER(CQI
Adjusted by Dynamic BLER).

l MML Command Examples

//Activating CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=0, CQIADJALGOFNONCON=CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER;

Activation(Using the CME)

NOTE

When configuring the CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target feature on the CME, perform a
single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-31 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 131


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-31 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Name Parameter Configura


Object (MO) ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELLMA NodeB CQI Adjust Algorithm CQIADJAL Yes


CHSPARA Switch of non- GOFNONC
Conversational ON
Service

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, ensure that CQI
Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service is set to
CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER.

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, set CQI Adjust
Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service to NO_CQI_ADJ(Not CQI Adjust
Algorithm).

l MML Command Examples

//Deactivating CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CQIADJALGOFNONCON=NO_CQI_ADJ;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target feature on the CME, perform a
single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-31 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-32 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB CQI Adjust CQIADJAL Yes


MACHSPA Algorithm GOFNONC
RA Switch of ON
non-
Conversatio
nal Service

8.16.4 Performance Monitoring


This feature helps increase cell throughput and UE throughput. You can query the values of the
following counters to track changes in cell throughput:

l VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput: an RNC counter that measures the average downlink


throughput of individual MAC-d flows for HSDPA in a cell
l VS.DataOutput.Mean: a NodeB counter that measures the average cell throughput at the
MAC-hs/MAC-ehs layer within a measurement period

The values of the preceding counters increase after this feature is activated. Note that gains
brought by this feature vary in different scenarios.

It is recommended that you observe the gains brought by this feature in scenarios that meet the
following conditions:

l The fluctuation in traffic volume (VS.IuPS.BytesPayldIntact.Rx +


VS.IuPS.BytesPayldBgrd.Rx) is less than 10%.
l The fluctuation in the average CQI value (1 x VS.CQI1 + 2 x VS.CQI2 + … + 35 x
VS.CQI35)/(VS.CQI0 + VS.CQI1 + … + VS.CQI35) is less than 0.4 dBm.

In most cases, the gains can be observed in the scenarios that meet the preceding conditions. If
the gains cannot be observed, observe the gains based on drive test results.

8.16.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.16.6 Troubleshooting
None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.17 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE


Location

8.17.1 When to Use HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location


Use this feature in hotspot cells.

If telecom operators intend to give up some equity among UEs for higher HSDPA cell
throughput, enable this feature for parts of or the entire network.

8.17.2 Information to Be Collected


Because this feature is suitable for hotspot cells, you must locate hotspot cells. A cell is regarded
a hotspot cell when it meets the following conditions:

l The busy hour proportion is greater than 20%. Alternatively, in a day, the average traffic
volume within one hour exceeds the value of the
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes counter for at least 5 times.
l VS.DataOutput.Rab > Max(64 kbit/s, GBR x 1.5)
l VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean > 800
l VS.DataOutput.Mean/(VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean -
VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRation.Mean) ≥ 4000
l VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell ≥ 8
NOTE

Use the following formula to calculate the GBR:


l GBR = Golden user proportion x GBR of golden users' BE services + Silver user proportion x GBR
of silver users' BE services + Copper user proportion x GBR of copper users' BE services
The VS.HSDPA.RAB.SuccEstab.BE.Golden counter indicates the golden user proportion.
The VS.HSDPA.RAB.SuccEstab.BE.Silver counter indicates the silver user proportion.
The VS.HSDPA.RAB.SuccEstab.BE.Copper counter indicates the copper user proportion.

8.17.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-140221
HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location.

Requirements
l Dependencies on RNC Hardware
– This feature does not depend on the RNC hardware.
l Dependencies on NodeB Hardware
– All 3900 series base stations must support this feature. To support this feature, the 3900
series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

– The DBS3800 must support this feature. To support this feature, the DBS3800 series
base stations must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.
– The BTS3812E/BTS3812A/BTS3812AE supports this feature. To support this feature,
the BTS3812E/BTS3812A/BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI, EDLP or
EBOI board.
l Dependencies on Other Features
This feature depends on the following features:
– WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
– WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package
l License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sal


ID Name Control Control ens Allocatio es
Item Name e n for Un
Co Multiple it
ntr Operator
ol s
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U2
000
GU
I

WRFD-1 HSDPA LQW9DP HSDPA HS NodeB Method 2 per


40221 Schedulin ALOC01 Schedulin DP Cell
g Based g Based A
on UE on UE Sch
Location Location edu
(per Cell) ling
Bas
ed
on
UE
Loc
atio
n

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter".
Method 2: Some license control items, for example, UL CE Num, can be allocated through
both the common group and private groups. In this case, the licensed value specified by

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

the private group is preferentially used, and the licensed value specified by the common
group is used on a first-come, first-served basis. For the NodeB license allocation among
multiple operators, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
l Others Prerequisites
It is recommended that GBRs be configured on the RNC for all BE services to guarantee
basic user experience.

Data Preparation
Table 8-33 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location.

Table 8-33 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

MO Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

ULOCELLMACHSPARA SM Set this parameter to Engineering


EPF_LOC(Location Design
based EPF).

LOCWEIGH None Engineering


T Design

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, set Scheduling
Method to EPF_LOC(Location based EPF) and Location Weight to appropriate values.

l MML Command Examples

//Activating HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, SM=EPF_LOC, LOCWEIGHT=1;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-34. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-34 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN Managed Object (MO) NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Name ID ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELLMACHSPAR Node Scheduling SM Yes


A B Method

Location LOCWEIGH Yes


Weight T

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA. If the command output
shows that the value of Scheduling Method is EPF_LOC(Location based EPF), this feature
has been activated for the target cell.

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, set Scheduling
Method to a value other than EPF_LOC(Location based EPF).

l MML Command Examples

//Deactivating HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, SM=EPF;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameter described in Table 8-35 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-35 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Scheduling SM Yes


MACHSPA Method
RA

8.17.4 Performance Monitoring


To monitor the effects of this feature, perform the following steps:

Step 1 Locate a hotspot cell based on the information in section 8.17.2 Information to Be Collected.

Step 2 Calculate the HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell using the following formula:

HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell = ∑VS.DataOutput.Mean/∑(VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean -


VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRation.Mean)

The descriptions of related counters in NodeB are as follows:

l VS.DataOutput.Mean: the average cell throughput at the MAC-hs/MAC-ehs layer within a


measurement period
l VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean: ratio of the time when at least one HSDPA user has data to transmit
in the queue buffer within a measurement period
l VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean: average ratio of the time when at least one HSDPA
user has data to transmit in the buffer but no HSDPA user transmits data at the physical layer
within a measurement period

Step 3 Record the HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell.

Step 4 Check whether the HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell increases after this feature is activated.

The increase in the HSDPA throughput depends on factors such as UE distribution and the traffic
model.

Step 5 Conduct a drive test to verify feature gains if there are a small number of hotspot cells.

----End

During the test, perform the following operations:

1. Choose a cell with a light traffic volume as the test cell.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

2. Place a UE near the cell center and another UE far away from the cell center.
3. Use the test UEs to download large files.
4. Query changes in the HSDPA throughput for the test cell.

8.17.5 Parameter Optimization


After the EPF_LOC scheduling algorithm is enabled, the value of the LOCWEIGHT parameter
affects the cell throughput and the degree to which UEs are differentiated from each other. A
larger value for this parameter means that UE locations weigh more in scheduling. This gives
more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB, increases the cell throughput, and
decreases the throughput at cell edges. In this case, to ensure equity among UEs, set the
LOCWEIGHT parameter to a small value; to maximize the cell throughput while ensuring a
GBR for UEs at cell edges, set the LOCWEIGHT parameter to a large value.

8.17.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.18 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending

8.18.1 When to Use HSDPA Remaining Power Appending


The HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm applies to scenarios where network KPIs
are better than the Acceptance Criterion (APC) and there are a certain number of remaining
power resources. Network KPIs refer to the CS call drop rate, PS call drop rate, CS RAB setup
success rate, and PS RAB setup success rate.

When the downlink load is light, the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm helps
decrease the downlink BLER and improve user experience. However, this algorithm increases
the downlink load. When the downlink load becomes heavy, network KPIs are deteriorated.
Therefore, the EXTRAPOWER parameter cannot be set to a too large value. The recommended
value for this parameter is 4, which is equal to 1 dB.

l When the value of the VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter for a cell is greater than 50%, for
example, in densely populated urban areas, the HSDPA remaining power appending
algorithm may decrease the CQI and cell throughput. Under this condition, the
EXTRAPOWER parameter should be set to a value equal to or less than 4.
l When the value of the VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter for a cell is less than 10%, for
example, in suburban areas, the EXTRAPOWER parameter can be set to a comparatively
large value, for example, 12 (equal to 3 dB), to improve user experience.

8.18.2 Information to Be Collected


Before feature deployment, collect the values of the following KPIs or counters:

l Network KPIs
– CS call drop rate
– PS call drop rate
– CS RAB setup success rate

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

– PS RAB setup success rate


l RNC counter
– VS.MeanTCP
l NodeB counters
– VS.AckTotal
– VS.NackTotal
– VS.DtxTotal
– VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean

8.18.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the function HSDPA Remaining
Power Appending.

Requirements
l Dependencies on Hardware
None
l Dependencies on Other Features
None
l License
None

Data Preparation
Table 8-36 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Remaining Power Appending.

Table 8-36 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Remaining Power Appending

MO Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

ULOCELLMACHS EXTRAPOWER Set this parameter to Default/


PARA a non-zero value. Recommended
Value

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA to set Extra Power to a non-
zero value.

l MML Command Examples

//Activating HSDPA Remaining Power Appending


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWER=1;

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA Remaining Power Appending function on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-37. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-37 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN Managed Object (MO) NE Paramete Parameter ID Configurab


r Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELLMACHSPAR Node Extra EXTRAPOWE Yes


A B Power R

Activation Observation
Check the value of the RNC counter VS.MeanTCP for the following results:

l The value of this counter is less than 80% before this algorithm is enabled.
l The value of this counter is increased by a value less than the value specified by the Extra
Power parameter after this algorithm is enabled.

Then, the HSDPA Remaining Power Appending algorithm is effective.

Alternatively, check the downlink BLER. If the downlink BLER is significantly decreased after
this algorithm is enabled, this algorithm is effective. The downlink BLER can be calculated
using the following formula:

BLER = (VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)/(VS.AckTotal + VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)

where

The VS.AckTotal, VS.NackTotal, and VS.DtxTotal counters are NodeB counters.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA and set Extra Power to 0.

l MML Command Examples

//Deactivating HSDPA Remaining Power Appending


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWER=0;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the HSDPA Remaining Power Appending function on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-38. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-38 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Extra Power EXTRAPO Yes


MACHSPA WER
RA

8.18.4 Performance Monitoring


None

8.18.5 Parameter Optimization


Decrease the value of the Extra Power parameter by one if some network KPIs, such as the CS
call drop rate, PS call drop rate, CS RAB setup success rate, and PS RAB setup success rate,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

deteriorate or cannot meet the Acceptance Criterion (APC). Then, check the values of network
KIPs.

Increase the value of the Extra Power parameter by one if the values of network KPIs are better
than the APC, a certain number of remaining power resources are left, and the BLER is large.
Then, check the values of network KIPs.

Decrease the value of the Extra Power parameter by one if cell throughput decreases due to the
decrease in the mean CQI and increase in the value of the VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter.

8.18.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.19 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services

8.19.1 When to Use BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services


Use the BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services function if users want to decrease the
BLER of HSDPA services and increase the UE and cell throughput. This function provides
noticeable throughput gains when the data transmission duration of HSDPA UEs is 20% shorter
than the value of the VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter and the BLER of HSDPA services is high.

Before using this function, set the pilot power to 10% of the cell's maximum transmit power
(usually, the pilot power is set to -10 dB) and the MPO constant to the default value 2.5 dB.

8.19.2 Information to Be Collected


Collect the values of the following NodeB counters before enabling this function:

l VS.AckTotal
l VS.NackTotal
l VS.DtxTotal
l VS.DataOutput.Mean
l VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean
l VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean

Run the LST UCELL command to query the maximum transmit power of a cell and the LST
UPCPICH command to query the P-CPICH configurations of the cell. Then, check whether the
P-CPICH transmit power subtracted by the maximum transmit power is -10 dB.

Run the LST UCELLHSDPA command to check whether the value of the HS-PDSCH MPO
Constant parameter is 2.5dB.

8.19.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to enable, verify, and disable the BLER Optimization for HSDPA
Burst Services function.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Requirements
None

Data Preparation
Table 8-39 lists the data to prepare before deploying BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst
Services.

Table 8-39 Data to prepare before deploying BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Optimization Switch for BURSTBLEROPTSW Set this parameter Default/


BLER of HSDPA Burst to ON. Recommended
service Value

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Optimization Switch
for BLER of HSDPA Burst service set to ON.

l MML Command Examples

//Enabling BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, BURSTBLEROPTSW=ON;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services function on the CME, perform a
single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-40. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-40 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Optimizatio BURSTBLE Yes


MACHSPA n Switch for ROPTSW
RA BLER of
HSDPA
Burst service

Activation Observation
Step 1 Check the values of the NodeB counters: VS.AckTotal, VS.NackTotal, and VS.DtxTotal.

Step 2 Use the following formula to obtain the BLER of HSDPA burst services before and after function
enabling:

BLER = (VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)/(VS.AckTotal +VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)

If the BLER decreases after function enabling, the function has taken effect. Otherwise, the
function does not take effect yet.

Step 3 Use the following formula to obtain the cell throughput before and after function enabling:

----End

Cell throughput = VS.DataOutput.Mean/(VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean -


VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean)

If the cell throughput increases after function enabling, the function has taken effect. Otherwise,
the function does not take effect yet.

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Optimization Switch
for BLER of HSDPA Burst service set to OFF.

l MML Command Examples

//Disabling BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services


SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, BURSTBLEROPTSW=OFF;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services function on the CME, perform a
single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of
a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the
parameter setting interface.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-41. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-41 Configuring the parameters on the CME

SN Managed NE Parameter Parameter Configura


Object Name ID ble in CME
(MO) Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 ULOCELL NodeB Optimizatio BURSTBLE Yes


MACHSPA n Switch for ROPTSW
RA BLER of
HSDPA
Burst service

8.20 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization

8.20.1 When to Use Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


l If the licensed NodeB codes are sufficient (15 HSDPA codes per cell), the enhanced
HSDPA code utilization function is applicable.
l If the average number of licensed HSDPA codes per cell is greater than 10 but less than
15,
– When the value of VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data is less than 70%, the enhanced
HSDPA code utilization function is applicable.
– When the value of VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data is greater than or equal to 70%, it is
good practice to expand the capacity of licensed HSDPA codes and then enable the
function.
NOTE

VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data indicates the average usage of HS-PDSCH code resources when at least
one HSDPA user has data to transmit in the queue buffer.
l If the average number of licensed HSDPA codes per cell is less than 10, it is good practice
to expand the capacity of licensed HSDPA codes and then enable the function.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

To enable the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function, the Resource Allocate Method
parameter in the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command must be set to
POWERCODE_BAL.
It is good practice to enable the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function for NodeBs deployed
for continuous coverage in an area, thereby yielding the gains brought by the reduced downlink
network load.

8.20.2 Information to Be Collected


Collect the following information before enabling the function:
l Number of available HSDPA codes (queried by using the DSP LICENSE command)
l Network KPIs
– CS call drop rate
– PS call drop rate
– CS RAB setup success rate
– PS RAB setup success rate
l RNC counter: VS.MeanTCP
l NodeB counters
– VS.PdschCodeUsed.Mean
– VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data
– VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean
– VS.PdschPwrRatio.Data

8.20.3 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate enhanced HSDPA code utilization.

Requirements
l Hardware
– Dependency on RNC hardware
None
– Dependency on NodeB hardware
3900 series base stations configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or WBBPf board
support the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function.
l Feature
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
l License
None
This feature is not under license control.

Data Preparation
Table 8-42 lists the data to prepare before deploying the enhanced HSDPA code utilization
function.

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-42 Data to prepare before deploying the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

Code CODEOPTSW Set this parameter to ON. Default value/


Utilization Recommended
Optimization value
Switch

Activation(Using MML Commands)


NOTE

To enable the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function, the Resource Allocate Method parameter in
the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command must be set to POWERCODE_BAL.

Run the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command on the NodeB side with Resource Allocate
Method set to POWERCODE_BAL(Balance between Code and Power) and Code
Utilization Optimization Switch set to ON(ON).

MML Command Examples


//Activating the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, RSCALLOCM=POWERCODE_BAL, CODEOPTSW=ON;

Activation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the function on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-43. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-43 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configurabl


e in CME
Batch
Modification
Center

1 ULOCELLMA NodeB Resource Allocate RSCALLOCM Yes


CHSPARA Method

Code Utilization CODEOPTSW


Optimization
Switch

Activation Observation
Check the values of RNC counter VS.MeanTCP and NodeB counters
VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data, VS.PdschCodeUsed.Mean, VS.PdschPwrRatio.Data, and
VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean. If the values of VS.MeanTCP, VS.PdschPwrRatio.Data, and
VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean decrease and the values of VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data and
VS.PdschCodeUsed.Mean increase, this function has been activated.

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command on the NodeB side with Resource Allocate
Method set to POWERCODE_BAL(Balance between Code and Power) and Code
Utilization Optimization Switch set to OFF(OFF).

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, RSCALLOCM=POWERCODE_BAL, CODEOPTSW=OFF;

Deactivation(Using the CME)


NOTE

When configuring the function on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 8-44. For instructions
on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation
Guide.

Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.

----End

Table 8-44 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configurabl


e in CME
Batch
Modification
Center

1 ULOCELLMA NodeB Resource Allocate RSCALLOCM Yes


CHSPARA Method

Code Utilization CODEOPTSW


Optimization
Switch

8.20.4 Performance Monitoring


Gain Evaluation
Check the values of the following counters on the live network to observe the network
performance:
l VS.MeanTCP: Indicates the average transmit carrier power (TCP) in a cell. This is an RNC
counter.
l VS.PdschCodeUsed.Mean: Indicates the average number of used HS-PDSCH codes in a
cell. This is a NodeB counter.
l VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data: Indicates the average usage of HS-PDSCH code resources
when at least one HSDPA user has data to transmit in the queue buffer. This is a NodeB
counter.
l VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean: Indicates the average transmit power over the HS-PDSCH in a
cell. This is a NodeB counter.
l VS.PdschPwrRatio.Data: Indicates the average transmit power over the HS-PDSCH when
at least one HSDPA user has data to transmit in the queue buffer. This is a NodeB counter.

KPI Monitoring
The CS/PS call drop rate and CS/PS RAB setup success rate do not deteriorate or even slightly
increase after the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function is enabled.

8.20.5 Parameter Optimization


If the value of VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data is greater than 70%, it is good practice to disable
the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function and expand the capacity of licensed HSDPA

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

codes. Enable this function when code resources are sufficient. VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data
indicates the average usage of HS-PDSCH code resources when at least one HSDPA user has
data to transmit in the queue buffer.

8.20.6 Troubleshooting
None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

9 Parameters

Table 9-1 Parameter description

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CODEO BTS390 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the switch for code utilization
PTSW 0, ULOCE 010610 Introduc optimization. If this switch is turned on, the HSDPA
BTS390 LLMAC tion code utilization rate increases but the power usage
0 HSPAR Package decreases. If this switch is turned off, code utilization
WCDM A optimization does not take effect.
A LST GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
ULOCE Unit: None
LLMAC
HSPAR Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
A Default Value: OFF(OFF)

PWSH BTS390 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the policy of power sharing between
M 0, NODEB 010610 Introduc cells. If this parameter is set to R99CELLTOHCELL,
BTS390 PAGRP tion only one-way power sharing from the source cell
0 MOD Package (SLOCELL) to the target cell (DLOCELL) is supported.
WCDM NODEB If this parameter is set to HCELLTOHCELL, bilateral
A PAGRP power sharing between local cell 1 (SLOCELL) and
local cell 2 (DLOCELL) is supported.
LST
NODEB GUI Value Range: R99CELLTOHCELL(R99 cell to
PAGRP HSDPA cell), HCELLTOHCELL(HSDPA cell to
HSDPA cell)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R99CELLTOHCELL,
HCELLTOHCELL
Default Value: R99CELLTOHCELL(R99 cell to
HSDPA cell)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

EXTRA BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the maximum power used for
POWER 0, ULOCE scheduled users after the scheduling.
BTS390 LLMAC GUI Value Range: 0~40
0 HSPAR
WCDM A Unit: 0.25dB
A LST Actual Value Range: 0~40
ULOCE Default Value: 0
LLMAC
HSPAR
A

BURST BTS390 SET None None Meaning: When this switch is turned on, estimated
BLERO 0, ULOCE channel environment errors are corrected for burst
PTSW BTS390 LLMAC services and full buffer services at the startup of data
0 HSPAR transmission to optimize the BLER.
WCDM A GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
A LST Unit: None
ULOCE
LLMAC Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
HSPAR Default Value: OFF(OFF)
A

HspaEn BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: If E_F_DPCH are selected, the corresponding
hSwitch 0 UCELL 010611 Enhance function will be enabled; otherwise, disabled.
ALGOS WRFD- d GUI Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF, E_F_DPCH_ON
WITCH 010652 Package
Unit: None
MOD SRB
UCELL over Actual Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF,
ALGOS HSDPA E_F_DPCH_ON
WITCH Default Value: E_F_DPCH_OFF

HspaEn BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: If E_F_DPCH are selected, the corresponding
hSwitch 0 UCELL 010611 Enhance function will be enabled; otherwise, disabled.
ALGOS WRFD- d GUI Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF, E_F_DPCH_ON
WITCH 010652 Package
Unit: None
MOD SRB
UCELL over Actual Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF,
ALGOS HSDPA E_F_DPCH_ON
WITCH Default Value: E_F_DPCH_OFF

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SrbChlT BSC690 SET WRFD- HSPA+ Meaning: Type of channel that preferably carries the
ype 0 UFRCC 010698 Uplink signaling RB. - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are
HLTYP WRFD- 11.5Mbi preferably carried on DCH. - HSDPA: Uplink is
EPARA 010510 t/s per preferably carried on DCH, and downlink is preferably
User carried on HS-DSCH. - HSUPA: Uplink is preferably
WRFD- carried on E-DCH, and downlink is preferably carried
010612 3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2 on DCH. - HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-
WRFD- Kbps DCH, and downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
010652 RRC GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
Connect HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH), HSUPA
ion and (UL_EDCH,DL_DCH), HSPA
Radio (UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Access Unit: None
Bearer
Establis Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA
hment Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
and
Release
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
SRB
over
HSDPA

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SrbChlT BSC691 SET WRFD- HSPA+ Meaning: Type of channel that preferably carries the
ype 0 UFRCC 010698 Uplink signaling RB. - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are
HLTYP WRFD- 11.5Mbi preferably carried on DCH. - HSDPA: Uplink is
EPARA 010510 t/s per preferably carried on DCH, and downlink is preferably
User carried on HS-DSCH. - HSUPA: Uplink is preferably
WRFD- carried on E-DCH, and downlink is preferably carried
010612 3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2 on DCH. - HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-
WRFD- Kbps DCH, and downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
010652 RRC GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
Connect HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH), HSUPA
ion and (UL_EDCH,DL_DCH), HSPA
Radio (UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Access Unit: None
Bearer
Establis Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA
hment Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
and
Release
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
SRB
over
HSDPA

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 155


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SrbChlT BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Whether the configured type of channel that
ypeRrcE 0 UFRCC 010510 3.6/27.2 preferably carries the signaling RB is effective in the
ffectFla HLTYP WRFD- Kbps case of RRC connection establishment.
g EPARA 0106111 RRC GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
2 Connect
ion and Unit: None
WRFD- Radio Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
150232 Access Default Value: False
WRFD- Bearer
010652 Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
DRD
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
SRB
over
HSDPA

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SrbChlT BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Whether the configured type of channel that
ypeRrcE 0 UFRCC 010510 3.6/27.2 preferably carries the signaling RB is effective in the
ffectFla HLTYP WRFD- Kbps case of RRC connection establishment.
g EPARA 0106111 RRC GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
2 Connect
ion and Unit: None
WRFD- Radio Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
150232 Access Default Value: False
WRFD- Bearer
010652 Establis
hment
and
Release
HSDPA
DRD
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
SRB
over
HSDPA

ULOCE BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the reserved parameter 4.
LLRSV 0, ULOCE GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295
DPARA BTS390 LLRSV
4 0 DPARA Unit: None
WCDM LST Actual Value Range: 0~4294967295
A ULOCE Default Value: 0
LLRSV
DPARA

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

EXTRA BTS390 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Indicates the extra power for the SRB queue.
POWER 0, ULOCE 010652 over If SRBs are carried over HSDPA, the transmit power
FORSR BTS390 LLMAC HSDPA increases when there is remaining cell power or the data
B 0 HSPAR volume to be transmitted decreases when there is no
WCDM A remaining cell power. This reduces the BLER of the
A LST SRB queue, decreases the HSDPA service drop rate, and
ULOCE increases the HSDPA handover success rate.
LLMAC GUI Value Range: 0~10
HSPAR Unit: dB
A
Actual Value Range: 0~10
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 4.
ch4 0 UALGO The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RSVPA request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
RA temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT5,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT32
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT3:0,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT6:0,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT9:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT12:0,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15:0,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT16:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT18:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT21:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT2
4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT25:0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

27:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT28:0,RESERVED
_SWITCH_4_BIT29:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BI
T30:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT31:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_BIT32:0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RsvSwit BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 4.
ch4 0 UALGO The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RSVPA request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
RA temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT5,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT32
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT3:0,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT4:0,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT6:0,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT7:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT9:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT10:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_4_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT12:0,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT13:0,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_4_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15:0,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT16:0,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT17:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT18:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT19:0,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_4_BIT20:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT21:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT23:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT2
4:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT25:0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_4_BIT26:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

27:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT28:0,RESERVED
_SWITCH_4_BIT29:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BI
T30:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT31:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_4_BIT32:0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DraSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- UE State Meaning: 1.


ch2 0 UCORR 010202 in DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
MALG WRFD- Connect ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC decides
OSWIT 021101 ed Mode the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state transition
CH (CELL- from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH to
WRFD- DCH, CELL_DCH based on the obtained valid Ec/No value.
010612 CELL- If the Ec/No value is greater than the value of
WRFD- PCH, "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
160214 URA- command, the BE services are set up on the E-DCH.
PCH, Otherwise, the BE services are set up on the DCH. 2.
CELL- DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
FACH) CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Dynami immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
c "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
Channel P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B. In
Configu addition, the updated P-CPICH Ec/N0 value is used for
ration decisions on coverage-based TTI selection and
Control coverage-based E2D for UEs with RRC connections. 3.
(DCCC) DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
: Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE is
HSUPA switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Introduc weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off, the
tion BE service of the UE is not switched from HSUPA
Package channels to R99 channels in weak coverage areas. When
Load- this switch is turned on, the BE service of the UE is
based switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Intellige weak coverage areas. Note: When the Ec/No in the
nt State RACH measurement report from the UE is less than or
Transiti equal to the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in
on the "SET UFRC" command, the UE is in the weak
coverage area. 4.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH: Whether
BE services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
due to insufficient coverage in connected mode. When
this switch is turned on, BE services can be switched
over from HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage.
If the coverage recovers after the UE moves to the cell
center and the throughput is high, the BE services can
be transferred to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is
reported, the UE is in connected mode under weak
coverage. 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH
is configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur interface
if no CCCH is configured over the Iur interface. When
this switch is turned on, the D2F procedure is triggered

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 165


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

regardless of the existence of the CCCH over the Iur


interface. 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined
service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This switch
is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
combined service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC
data rate increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service in the CS
+PS BE combined service does not support event-4A-
triggered DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate
is 0 kbit/s. 7.
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined
service supports DCCC data rate increasing on both the
uplink and the downlink when an event 4A is reported
on the uplink or downlink. ON: This switch is turned
on. The PS BE service supports DCCC data rate
increasing on both the uplink and the downlink when
event 4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service does not
support DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink
and the downlink when event 4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink. 8.
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH: Whether the following two functions can be
enabled:If the current rate of the PS BE service is 0 kbit/
s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate increasing
fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the RNC does
not release the PS BE service after a timer set by the
"ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen" parameter in the
"SET UCOIFTIMER" command expires. A UE
processing a CS+PS BE combined service immediately
transits to the CELL_FACH state if the CS service is
released and the PS BE service has no data transmission.
ON: This switch is turned on. The preceding functions
can be enabled. OFF: This switch is turned off. The
preceding functions are disabled. 9.
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for a UE that has experienced a coverage-
triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback when the
UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does not meet
the E-DCH allocation requirement. When this
parameter is set to ON, the implementation is allowed
but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s. When this
parameter is set to OFF, the implementation is

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

prohibited. In addition, before DCH-to-E-DCH channel


switching, the DCH data rate of the UE is fixed at the
value of the "UlBeTraffInitBitrate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command.For a UE that has experienced
an Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
during a service setup, when the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under the
"DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off, the
RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH data
rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or the
cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH. 10.
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition function and allow the
FACH to transmit the remaining data when a UE is
browsing web pages. Upon detecting that a UE in the
CELL_FACH state is browsing web pages, the RNC
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state when this
switch is turned on. In addition, the RNC allows the
FACH to continue to transmit data until the state
transition is completed. 11.
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
(D2F) state transition. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC checks whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a D2F state transition. If so, the RNC
does not perform the state transition. If not, the RNC
performs the state transition. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing the state transition. 12.
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH: Switch
controlling the PS-inactivity-based CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, this algorithm is activated. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not activated.
This algorithm works as follows:After a UE enters the
CELL_DCH state, this algorithm triggers a D2P state
transition upon detecting that the UE does not process
any uplink or downlink service during a certain period
of time, which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer "
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

command. 13.
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent state
transition algorithm. When this switch is set to on and
the
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command. 14.
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, The
algorithm takes effect. Operations of the algorithm: 1.
Access mode: The algorithm also considers coverage
and loads to determine whether the downlink SRBs can
be carried on the HS-DSCH when a UE transits from
the idle, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH
state to the CELL_DCH state during an RRC connection
setup, RAB setup, or RAB modification or when a
CELL_DCH UE experiences an incoming inter-RAT
handover or an incoming combined hard handover and
SRNS relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE
accesses a cell, the algorithm determines whether to
deliver periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.
GUI Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 168


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
Default Value:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITC
H:0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
0,DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
1,DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
0,DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH
:0,DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWI

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITC
H:0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DraSwit BSC691 SET WRFD- UE State Meaning: 1.


ch2 0 UCORR 010202 in DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
MALG WRFD- Connect ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC decides
OSWIT 021101 ed Mode the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state transition
CH (CELL- from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH to
WRFD- DCH, CELL_DCH based on the obtained valid Ec/No value.
010612 CELL- If the Ec/No value is greater than the value of
WRFD- PCH, "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
160214 URA- command, the BE services are set up on the E-DCH.
PCH, Otherwise, the BE services are set up on the DCH. 2.
CELL- DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
FACH) CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Dynami immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
c "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
Channel P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B. In
Configu addition, the updated P-CPICH Ec/N0 value is used for
ration decisions on coverage-based TTI selection and
Control coverage-based E2D for UEs with RRC connections. 3.
(DCCC) DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
: Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE is
HSUPA switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Introduc weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off, the
tion BE service of the UE is not switched from HSUPA
Package channels to R99 channels in weak coverage areas. When
Load- this switch is turned on, the BE service of the UE is
based switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
Intellige weak coverage areas. Note: When the Ec/No in the
nt State RACH measurement report from the UE is less than or
Transiti equal to the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in
on the "SET UFRC" command, the UE is in the weak
coverage area. 4.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH: Whether
BE services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
due to insufficient coverage in connected mode. When
this switch is turned on, BE services can be switched
over from HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage.
If the coverage recovers after the UE moves to the cell
center and the throughput is high, the BE services can
be transferred to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is
reported, the UE is in connected mode under weak
coverage. 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH
is configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur interface
if no CCCH is configured over the Iur interface. When
this switch is turned on, the D2F procedure is triggered

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

regardless of the existence of the CCCH over the Iur


interface. 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined
service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This switch
is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
combined service supports event-4A-triggered DCCC
data rate increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service in the CS
+PS BE combined service does not support event-4A-
triggered DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate
is 0 kbit/s. 7.
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined
service supports DCCC data rate increasing on both the
uplink and the downlink when an event 4A is reported
on the uplink or downlink. ON: This switch is turned
on. The PS BE service supports DCCC data rate
increasing on both the uplink and the downlink when
event 4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. OFF:
This switch is turned off. The PS BE service does not
support DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink
and the downlink when event 4A is reported on the
uplink or downlink. 8.
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH: Whether the following two functions can be
enabled:If the current rate of the PS BE service is 0 kbit/
s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate increasing
fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the RNC does
not release the PS BE service after a timer set by the
"ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen" parameter in the
"SET UCOIFTIMER" command expires. A UE
processing a CS+PS BE combined service immediately
transits to the CELL_FACH state if the CS service is
released and the PS BE service has no data transmission.
ON: This switch is turned on. The preceding functions
can be enabled. OFF: This switch is turned off. The
preceding functions are disabled. 9.
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for a UE that has experienced a coverage-
triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback when the
UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does not meet
the E-DCH allocation requirement. When this
parameter is set to ON, the implementation is allowed
but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s. When this
parameter is set to OFF, the implementation is

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

prohibited. In addition, before DCH-to-E-DCH channel


switching, the DCH data rate of the UE is fixed at the
value of the "UlBeTraffInitBitrate" parameter in the
"SET UFRC" command.For a UE that has experienced
an Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
during a service setup, when the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under the
"DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off, the
RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH data
rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or the
cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH. 10.
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition function and allow the
FACH to transmit the remaining data when a UE is
browsing web pages. Upon detecting that a UE in the
CELL_FACH state is browsing web pages, the RNC
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state when this
switch is turned on. In addition, the RNC allows the
FACH to continue to transmit data until the state
transition is completed. 11.
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
(D2F) state transition. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC checks whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing a D2F state transition. If so, the RNC
does not perform the state transition. If not, the RNC
performs the state transition. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing the state transition. 12.
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH: Switch
controlling the PS-inactivity-based CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, this algorithm is activated. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not activated.
This algorithm works as follows:After a UE enters the
CELL_DCH state, this algorithm triggers a D2P state
transition upon detecting that the UE does not process
any uplink or downlink service during a certain period
of time, which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer "
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

command. 13.
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent state
transition algorithm. When this switch is set to on and
the
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command. 14.
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, The
algorithm takes effect. Operations of the algorithm: 1.
Access mode: The algorithm also considers coverage
and loads to determine whether the downlink SRBs can
be carried on the HS-DSCH when a UE transits from
the idle, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH
state to the CELL_DCH state during an RRC connection
setup, RAB setup, or RAB modification or when a
CELL_DCH UE experiences an incoming inter-RAT
handover or an incoming combined hard handover and
SRNS relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE
accesses a cell, the algorithm determines whether to
deliver periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.
GUI Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 174


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
Default Value:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITC
H:0,DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:
0,DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
1,DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
0,DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWI
TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
0,DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH
:0,DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
0,DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWI

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

TCH:
0,DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITC
H:0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 7.
ch7 0 UALGO The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RSVPA request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
RA temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT5,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT32
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_7_BIT2:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT3:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT4:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_7_BIT5:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT6:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT7:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_7_BIT8:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT9:1,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT10:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_7_BIT11:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT12:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT13:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_7_BIT14:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT15:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT16:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_7_BIT17:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT18:1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT19:1,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_7_BIT20:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT21:1
,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT22:1,RESERVED_S
WITCH_7_BIT23:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2
4:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT25:1,RESERVED_
SWITCH_7_BIT26:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

27:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT28:1,RESERVED
_SWITCH_7_BIT29:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BI
T30:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT31:1,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_7_BIT32:1

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RsvSwit BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 7.
ch7 0 UALGO The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RSVPA request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
RA temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT5,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT32
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT1:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_7_BIT2:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT3:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT4:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_7_BIT5:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT6:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT7:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_7_BIT8:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT9:1,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT10:1,RESERVED_SWITC
H_7_BIT11:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT12:1,RE
SERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT13:1,RESERVED_SWIT
CH_7_BIT14:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT15:1,R
ESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT16:1,RESERVED_SWI
TCH_7_BIT17:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT18:1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT19:1,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_7_BIT20:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT21:1
,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT22:1,RESERVED_S
WITCH_7_BIT23:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT2
4:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT25:1,RESERVED_
SWITCH_7_BIT26:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

27:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT28:1,RESERVED
_SWITCH_7_BIT29:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BI
T30:1,RESERVED_SWITCH_7_BIT31:1,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_7_BIT32:1

RsvU32 BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 4. The 32-
Para4 0 UALGO bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RSVPA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in
RA patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~4294967295
Default Value: 0

RsvU32 BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 4. The 32-
Para4 0 UALGO bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RSVPA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in
RA patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~4294967295
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SrbH2D BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Downlink non-HSPA light load initial state
NonHLo 0 UCHLQ 010652 over for the coverage-based and load-based algorithm for
adState UALIT HSDPA dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
YEVAL downlink SRBs. If the load of the best cell is in this state
UATE or a lighter state, the cell is in a light load state.
Otherwise, the cell is in a heavy load state.
GUI Value Range: DL_LIGHT_STATE,
DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE,
DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DL_LIGHT_STATE,
DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE,
DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE
Default Value: DL_LOADED_STATE

SrbH2D BSC691 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Downlink non-HSPA light load initial state
NonHLo 0 UCHLQ 010652 over for the coverage-based and load-based algorithm for
adState UALIT HSDPA dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
YEVAL downlink SRBs. If the load of the best cell is in this state
UATE or a lighter state, the cell is in a light load state.
Otherwise, the cell is in a heavy load state.
GUI Value Range: DL_LIGHT_STATE,
DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE,
DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DL_LIGHT_STATE,
DL_NORMAL_STATE, DL_LOADED_STATE,
DL_HEAVY_STATE, DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE
Default Value: DL_LOADED_STATE

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CellLdr BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This
SfResTh 0 UCELL 150216 Based parameter is used to determine whether the code load
d LDR WRFD- PS reshuffling (LDR) is allowed.
MOD 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
UCELL ion from SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 020108 (SF256)
to LTE
WRFD- Unit: None
Load
150215 Based Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
WRFD- PS SF128, SF256
140226 Handov Default Value: SF8(SF8)
WRFD- er from
140102 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
020106 Code
Resourc
WRFD-
e
150231
Manage
WRFD- ment
150219
SRVCC
WRFD- from
020126 LTE to
WRFD- UMTS
020103 with PS
Handov
WRFD-
er
020129
Fast
WRFD-
Return
140218
from
WRFD- UMTS
150220 to LTE
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RIM
Based
UMTS

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

Target
Cell
Selectio
n for
LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CellLdr BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This
SfResTh 0 UCELL 150216 Based parameter is used to determine whether the code load
d LDR WRFD- PS reshuffling (LDR) is allowed.
MOD 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
UCELL ion from SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 020108 (SF256)
to LTE
WRFD- Unit: None
Load
150215 Based Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
WRFD- PS SF128, SF256
140226 Handov Default Value: SF8(SF8)
WRFD- er from
140102 UMTS
to LTE
WRFD-
020106 Code
Resourc
WRFD-
e
150231
Manage
WRFD- ment
150219
SRVCC
WRFD- from
020126 LTE to
WRFD- UMTS
020103 with PS
Handov
WRFD-
er
020129
Fast
WRFD-
Return
140218
from
WRFD- UMTS
150220 to LTE
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RIM
Based
UMTS

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

Target
Cell
Selectio
n for
LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

EcN0Eff BSC690 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Time period for valid Ec/No or RSCP. This
ectTime 0 UCELL 010510 3.6/27.2 parameter defines the time period during which the
FRC WRFD- Kbps reported values of Ec/No or RSCP are considered as
MOD 010690 RRC valid values. The time period starts from the time the
UCELL Connect system receives the first Ec/No or RSCP.
WRFD- ion and
FRC 010507 GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Radio
WRFD- Access Unit: ms
150232 Bearer Actual Value Range: 0~65535
WRFD- Establis Default Value: 5000
010612 hment
and
WRFD-
Release
020400
TTI
Switch
for BE
Services
Based
on
Coverag
e
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

EcN0Eff BSC691 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Time period for valid Ec/No or RSCP. This
ectTime 0 UCELL 010510 3.6/27.2 parameter defines the time period during which the
FRC WRFD- Kbps reported values of Ec/No or RSCP are considered as
MOD 010690 RRC valid values. The time period starts from the time the
UCELL Connect system receives the first Ec/No or RSCP.
WRFD- ion and
FRC 010507 GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Radio
WRFD- Access Unit: ms
150232 Bearer Actual Value Range: 0~65535
WRFD- Establis Default Value: 5000
010612 hment
and
WRFD-
Release
020400
TTI
Switch
for BE
Services
Based
on
Coverag
e
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

FakeEc BSC690 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Substitute of the real-time P-CPICH Ec/N0
No 0 UFRC 010690 Switch when a UE establishes a service or transits from the
for BE CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
Services state and the RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0
Based value reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
on reported by the UE after the period specified by the
Coverag EcN0EffectTime parameter expires. This parameter is
e used for determining whether UEs are under weak
coverage in the following algorithms: coverage-based
BE service initial TTI selection algorithm, the algorithm
for determining whether BE services on the UE will
switch from HSUPA channels to R99 channels, the
coverage- and load- based algorithm for dynamic
configuration of the channel mapped to downlink SRBs
in access mode, and the algorithm for Small Target
Retransmit on RSCP and RTWP. Value 50 of this
parameter indicates that this parameter is invalid. In this
case, a UE is not in a weak coverage area even if the
RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE after the period specified by the
"EcN0EffectTime" parameter expires.
GUI Value Range: 0~50
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0.5(Actual Value = (GUI
Value - 49(offset)) x 0.5)
Default Value: 50

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

FakeEc BSC691 SET WRFD- TTI Meaning: Substitute of the real-time P-CPICH Ec/N0
No 0 UFRC 010690 Switch when a UE establishes a service or transits from the
for BE CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
Services state and the RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0
Based value reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
on reported by the UE after the period specified by the
Coverag EcN0EffectTime parameter expires. This parameter is
e used for determining whether UEs are under weak
coverage in the following algorithms: coverage-based
BE service initial TTI selection algorithm, the algorithm
for determining whether BE services on the UE will
switch from HSUPA channels to R99 channels, the
coverage- and load- based algorithm for dynamic
configuration of the channel mapped to downlink SRBs
in access mode, and the algorithm for Small Target
Retransmit on RSCP and RTWP. Value 50 of this
parameter indicates that this parameter is invalid. In this
case, a UE is not in a weak coverage area even if the
RNC does not receive the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE or the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value
reported by the UE after the period specified by the
"EcN0EffectTime" parameter expires.
GUI Value Range: 0~50
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0.5(Actual Value = (GUI
Value - 49(offset)) x 0.5)
Default Value: 50

RsvU32 BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 8. The 32-
Para8 0 UALGO bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RSVPA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in
RA patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~4294967295
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RsvU32 BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 8. The 32-
Para8 0 UALGO bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.
RSVPA Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in
RA patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~4294967295
Default Value: 0

SrbOver BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: RSCP threshold for the coverage-based and
HsdpaR 0 UCHLQ 010652 over load-based algorithm for dynamic reconfiguration of
scpDow UALIT HSDPA the channel mapped to downlink SRBs in weak
nThd YEVAL coverage areas. If the valid RSCP value of the best cell
UATE is less than or equal to the value of this parameter, the
UE is located in a weak coverage area.
GUI Value Range: -115~-25
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25
Default Value: -90

SrbOver BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Ec/N0 threshold for the coverage-based and
HsdpaE 0 UCHLQ 010652 over load-based algorithm for dynamic reconfiguration of
cn0Dow UALIT HSDPA the channel mapped to downlink SRBs in weak
nThd YEVAL coverage areas. If the valid Ec/N0 value of the best cell
UATE is less than or equal to the value of this parameter, the
UE is located in a weak coverage area.
GUI Value Range: 0~49
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0(Actual Value = GUI
Value x 0.5 - 24.5 dB)
Default Value: 29

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SrbOver BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: RSCP threshold for the coverage-based and
HsdpaR 0 UCHLQ 010652 over load-based algorithm for dynamic reconfiguration of
scpUpT UALIT HSDPA the channel mapped to downlink SRBs in strong
hd YEVAL coverage areas. If the valid RSCP and Ec/N0 of the best
UATE cell are greater than the corresponding RSCP and Ec/
N0 thresholds for strong coverage areas, the UE is
located in a strong coverage area.
GUI Value Range: -115~-25
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25
Default Value: -80

SrbOver BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Ec/N0 threshold for the coverage-based and
HsdpaE 0 UCHLQ 010652 over load-based algorithm for dynamic reconfiguration of
cn0UpT UALIT HSDPA the channel mapped to downlink SRBs in strong
hd YEVAL coverage areas. If the valid RSCP and Ec/N0 of the best
UATE cell are greater than the corresponding RSCP and Ec/
N0 thresholds for strong coverage areas, the UE is
located in a strong coverage area.
GUI Value Range: 0~49
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -24.5~0(Actual Value = GUI
Value x 0.5 - 24.5 dB)
Default Value: 35

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RsvSwit BSC690 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 11.
ch11 0 UALGO The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RSVPA request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
RA temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT4,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 194


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT32
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_11_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT3:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT4:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_11_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT
6:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT7:0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_11_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI
T9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT10:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_11_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11
_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT13:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_11_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_11_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT16:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_11_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI
T19:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT20:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_11_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
1_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT23:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWIT

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CH_11_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_11_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI
T29:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT30:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_11_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
1_BIT32:0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RsvSwit BSC691 SET None None Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 11.
ch11 0 UALGO The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
RSVPA request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
RA temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT4,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT3,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT4,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT5,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT6,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT7,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT8,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT10,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT11,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT12,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT13,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT14,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT15,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT16,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT18,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT19,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT20,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT21,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT22,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT23,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT24,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT25,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT28,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT29,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT30,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT31,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT32
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT1:0,RESERVED_SW
ITCH_11_BIT2:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT3:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT4:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_11_BIT5:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT
6:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT7:0,RESERVED_
SWITCH_11_BIT8:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI
T9:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT10:0,RESERVE
D_SWITCH_11_BIT11:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11
_BIT12:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT13:0,RESE
RVED_SWITCH_11_BIT14:0,RESERVED_SWITC
H_11_BIT15:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT16:0,
RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_11_BIT18:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI
T19:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT20:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_11_BIT21:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
1_BIT22:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT23:0,RES
ERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT24:0,RESERVED_SWIT

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CH_11_BIT25:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT26:0
,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27:0,RESERVED_S
WITCH_11_BIT28:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BI
T29:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT30:0,RESERV
ED_SWITCH_11_BIT31:0,RESERVED_SWITCH_1
1_BIT32:0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

Channel BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the
RetryHo 0 UCOIF 0106140 2ms TTI channel retry handover timer. When handover is
TimerLe TIMER 3 Dynami performed and some higher HSPA or HSPA plus
n WRFD- c technique is supported, UTRAN will trigger the
021101 Channel reconfiguration for the higher techniques. Pingpang will
Configu happen when the reconfiguration is triggered
WRFD- immediately when handover succeeds, because
010685 ration
Control handover procedure is frequently. In order to avoid the
WRFD- (DCCC) pingpang, this timer will start after handover procedure
010652 is performed, and the reconfiguration will not be
Downlin
WRFD- triggered until the timer expires.
k
010686 Enhance GUI Value Range: 0~999
WRFD- d L2 Unit: s
010687 SRB Actual Value Range: 0~999
WRFD- over Default Value: 2
010684 HSDPA
WRFD- CPC -
0106140 DTX /
4 DRX
WRFD- CPC -
010683 HS-
WRFD- SCCH
150209 less
operatio
WRFD- n
010636
2x2
WRFD- MIMO
021200
HSUPA
2ms/
10ms
TTI
Handov
er
Downlin
k
64QAM
DB-
HSDPA
SRB
over
HSUPA
HCS
(Hierarc
hical

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

Cell
Structur
e)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 201


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

Channel BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the
RetryHo 0 UCOIF 0106140 2ms TTI channel retry handover timer. When handover is
TimerLe TIMER 3 Dynami performed and some higher HSPA or HSPA plus
n WRFD- c technique is supported, UTRAN will trigger the
021101 Channel reconfiguration for the higher techniques. Pingpang will
Configu happen when the reconfiguration is triggered
WRFD- immediately when handover succeeds, because
010685 ration
Control handover procedure is frequently. In order to avoid the
WRFD- (DCCC) pingpang, this timer will start after handover procedure
010652 is performed, and the reconfiguration will not be
Downlin
WRFD- triggered until the timer expires.
k
010686 Enhance GUI Value Range: 0~999
WRFD- d L2 Unit: s
010687 SRB Actual Value Range: 0~999
WRFD- over Default Value: 2
010684 HSDPA
WRFD- CPC -
0106140 DTX /
4 DRX
WRFD- CPC -
010683 HS-
WRFD- SCCH
150209 less
operatio
WRFD- n
010636
2x2
WRFD- MIMO
021200
HSUPA
2ms/
10ms
TTI
Handov
er
Downlin
k
64QAM
DB-
HSDPA
SRB
over
HSUPA
HCS
(Hierarc
hical

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

Cell
Structur
e)

IurHsdp BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicating whether to enable HSDPA on the
aSuppIn 0 UNRNC 010651 over Iur Iur interface. When this parameter is set to OFF, an
d MOD HSDPA UE's downlink channel is changed from an
UNRNC HSDSCH to a DCH if the UE initiates a serving cell
change process to the DRNC. If the UE attempts to add
a cell under the DRNC to the active set, new radio links
can be set up only over DCHs. When this parameter is
set to ON, the Iur interface supports HSDPA.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF

IurHsdp BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicating whether to enable HSDPA on the
aSuppIn 0 UNRNC 010651 over Iur Iur interface. When this parameter is set to OFF, an
d MOD HSDPA UE's downlink channel is changed from an
UNRNC HSDSCH to a DCH if the UE initiates a serving cell
change process to the DRNC. If the UE attempts to add
a cell under the DRNC to the active set, new radio links
can be set up only over DCHs. When this parameter is
set to ON, the Iur interface supports HSDPA.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF

PWRM BTS390 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the power margin reserved for R99
GN 0, ULOCE 0106100 Power channels. It specifies the power percentage relative to
BTS390 LLMAC 4 Control the maximum cell transmit power.
0 HSPAR GUI Value Range: 0~100
WCDM A
A Unit: %
LST
ULOCE Actual Value Range: 0~100
LLMAC Default Value: 5
HSPAR
A

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HspaPo BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: This parameter specifies the offset between
wer 0 UCELL 0106100 Power the total HSPA power and the maximum transmission
HSDPA 4 Control power of a cell. The total HSPA power is the maximum
MOD value of HSPA dynamical power can be adjusted. For
UCELL details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
HSDPA GUI Value Range: -500~0
Unit: 0.1dB
Actual Value Range: -50~0
Default Value: 0

HspaPo BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: This parameter specifies the offset between
wer 0 UCELL 0106100 Power the total HSPA power and the maximum transmission
HSDPA 4 Control power of a cell. The total HSPA power is the maximum
MOD value of HSPA dynamical power can be adjusted. For
UCELL details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
HSDPA GUI Value Range: -500~0
Unit: 0.1dB
Actual Value Range: -50~0
Default Value: 0

HsScch BSC690 ADD WRFD- Time Meaning: This parameter decides the maximum number
CodeNu 0 UCELL 0106101 and HS- of HSDPA subscribers that the NodeB can schedule in
m HSDPA 8 PDSCH a TTI period. For detailed information of this parameter,
MOD WRFD- Codes see 3GPP TS 25.308.
UCELL 010610 Multiple GUI Value Range: 1~15
HSDPA x
WRFD- Unit: None
020108 HSDPA
Introduc Actual Value Range: 1~15
tion Default Value: 4
Package
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HsScch BSC691 ADD WRFD- Time Meaning: This parameter decides the maximum number
CodeNu 0 UCELL 0106101 and HS- of HSDPA subscribers that the NodeB can schedule in
m HSDPA 8 PDSCH a TTI period. For detailed information of this parameter,
MOD WRFD- Codes see 3GPP TS 25.308.
UCELL 010610 Multiple GUI Value Range: 1~15
HSDPA x
WRFD- Unit: None
020108 HSDPA
Introduc Actual Value Range: 1~15
tion Default Value: 4
Package
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

DynHss BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Switch for controlling whether the NodeB
cchAllo 0 UCELL 0106100 Static dynamically allocates spreading codes (SCs) to HSPA
cSwitch HSDPA 5 Code services based on traffic requirements. A new policy of
MOD Allocati allocating SCs to HSPA services applies under the
UCELL on and following conditions: 1 This switch is turned on. 2
HSDPA RNC- HSDPA and HSUPA functions are activated before the
Controll cell is set up. The RNC allocates SCs to HS-SCCH, E-
ed RGCH, and E-HICH based on the new policy. The
Dynami NodeB dynamically reallocates the SCs to the HS-
c Code PDSCH for HSPA services based on traffic
Allocati requirements. This new policy increases the number of
on SCs available for the HS-PDSCH to a maximum of 15,
increasing HSDPA throughput. If not all the preceding
conditions are met, the old policy applies,
compromising chances of 15 SCs being available for the
HS-PDSCH.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 205


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

AllocCo BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: HS-PDSCH code allocation mode: Manual or
deMode 0 UCELL 0106100 Static Automatic. If Manual is chosen, parameter " Code
HSDPA 5 Code Number for HS-PDSCH " determines HS-PDSCH code
MOD WRFD- Allocati number to be allocated. If Automatic is chosen,
UCELL 010631 on and according to the number of codes occupied by R99
HSDPA RNC- services, allocate HS-PDSCH code number between
WRFD- Controll configured " Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH " and
0106100 ed " Code Min Number for HS-PDSCH ". For detailed
1 Dynami information of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
c Code GUI Value Range: Manual(Manual), Automatic
Allocati (Automatic)
on
Unit: None
Dynami
c Code Actual Value Range: Manual, Automatic
Allocati Default Value: Automatic(Automatic)
on
Based
on Node
B
15
Codes
per Cell

AllocCo BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: HS-PDSCH code allocation mode: Manual or
deMode 0 UCELL 0106100 Static Automatic. If Manual is chosen, parameter " Code
HSDPA 5 Code Number for HS-PDSCH " determines HS-PDSCH code
MOD WRFD- Allocati number to be allocated. If Automatic is chosen,
UCELL 010631 on and according to the number of codes occupied by R99
HSDPA RNC- services, allocate HS-PDSCH code number between
WRFD- Controll configured " Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH " and
0106100 ed " Code Min Number for HS-PDSCH ". For detailed
1 Dynami information of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
c Code GUI Value Range: Manual(Manual), Automatic
Allocati (Automatic)
on
Unit: None
Dynami
c Code Actual Value Range: Manual, Automatic
Allocati Default Value: Automatic(Automatic)
on
Based
on Node
B
15
Codes
per Cell

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DYNCO BTS390 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Indicates the Dynamic Code Switch. The
DESW 0, ULOCE 010631 c Code function will be enabled if this parameter is set to OPEN.
BTS390 LLMAC Allocati When this switch is turned on, the cell codes are used
0 HSPAR on efficiently, and the system capacity is improved.
WCDM A Based GUI Value Range: OPEN(open), CLOSE(close)
A LST on Node
B Unit: None
ULOCE
LLMAC Actual Value Range: OPEN, CLOSE
HSPAR Default Value: OPEN(open)
A

HsPdsch BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Number of HS-PDSCH codes. For details
CodeNu 0 UCELL 0106100 Static about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
m HSDPA 5 Code GUI Value Range: 1~15
MOD WRFD- Allocati
on and Unit: None
UCELL 010631
HSDPA RNC- Actual Value Range: 1~15
WRFD- Controll
0106100 Default Value: 5
ed
1 Dynami
c Code
Allocati
on
Dynami
c Code
Allocati
on
Based
on Node
B
15
Codes
per Cell

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HsPdsch BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Number of HS-PDSCH codes. For details
CodeNu 0 UCELL 0106100 Static about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
m HSDPA 5 Code GUI Value Range: 1~15
MOD WRFD- Allocati
on and Unit: None
UCELL 010631
HSDPA RNC- Actual Value Range: 1~15
WRFD- Controll
0106100 Default Value: 5
ed
1 Dynami
c Code
Allocati
on
Dynami
c Code
Allocati
on
Based
on Node
B
15
Codes
per Cell

HsPdsch BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: The parameter specifies the minimum
MinCod 0 UCELL 0106100 Static number of the HS-PDSCH codes. This parameter is
eNum HSDPA 5 Code valid only when "Allocate Code Mode" is set to
MOD WRFD- Allocati Automatic. The number of codes used by the HS-
UCELL 010631 on and PDSCH is dynamically set between "Code Min Number
HSDPA RNC- for HS-PDSCH" and "Code Max Number for HS-
WRFD- Controll PDSCH", based on the idle state of the code tree. When
0106100 ed the non-H services need more code resources, the non-
1 Dynami H service will gradually occupy the codes used by the
c Code HS-PDSCH. The number of codes the HS-DPSCH
Allocati reserved is not less than the value of "Code Min Number
on for HS-PDSCH". For detailed information of this
Dynami parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
c Code GUI Value Range: 1~15
Allocati Unit: None
on
Based Actual Value Range: 1~15
on Node Default Value: 1
B
15
Codes
per Cell

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HsPdsch BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: The parameter specifies the minimum
MinCod 0 UCELL 0106100 Static number of the HS-PDSCH codes. This parameter is
eNum HSDPA 5 Code valid only when "Allocate Code Mode" is set to
MOD WRFD- Allocati Automatic. The number of codes used by the HS-
UCELL 010631 on and PDSCH is dynamically set between "Code Min Number
HSDPA RNC- for HS-PDSCH" and "Code Max Number for HS-
WRFD- Controll PDSCH", based on the idle state of the code tree. When
0106100 ed the non-H services need more code resources, the non-
1 Dynami H service will gradually occupy the codes used by the
c Code HS-PDSCH. The number of codes the HS-DPSCH
Allocati reserved is not less than the value of "Code Min Number
on for HS-PDSCH". For detailed information of this
Dynami parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
c Code GUI Value Range: 1~15
Allocati Unit: None
on
Based Actual Value Range: 1~15
on Node Default Value: 1
B
15
Codes
per Cell

HsPdsch BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: The parameter determines the maximum
MaxCod 0 UCELL 0106100 Static number of HS-PDSCH codes. This parameter is valid
eNum HSDPA 5 Code only when "Allocate Code Mode" is set to "Automatic".
MOD WRFD- Allocati The number of codes used by the HS-PDSCH is
UCELL 010631 on and dynamically set between "Code Min Number for HS-
HSDPA RNC- PDSCH" and "Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH",
WRFD- Controll based on whether the code tree is idle or busy. When the
0106100 ed code resource used by the non-HSPA services is little,
1 Dynami the HS-PDSCH uses the rest idle codes as much as
c Code possible, and the maximum number of idle codes
Allocati (SF=16 continuous codes) is equal to the value of "Code
on Max Number for HS-PDSCH". For detailed
Dynami information of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
c Code GUI Value Range: 1~15
Allocati Unit: None
on
Based Actual Value Range: 1~15
on Node Default Value: 5
B
15
Codes
per Cell

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HsPdsch BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: The parameter determines the maximum
MaxCod 0 UCELL 0106100 Static number of HS-PDSCH codes. This parameter is valid
eNum HSDPA 5 Code only when "Allocate Code Mode" is set to "Automatic".
MOD WRFD- Allocati The number of codes used by the HS-PDSCH is
UCELL 010631 on and dynamically set between "Code Min Number for HS-
HSDPA RNC- PDSCH" and "Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH",
WRFD- Controll based on whether the code tree is idle or busy. When the
0106100 ed code resource used by the non-HSPA services is little,
1 Dynami the HS-PDSCH uses the rest idle codes as much as
c Code possible, and the maximum number of idle codes
Allocati (SF=16 continuous codes) is equal to the value of "Code
on Max Number for HS-PDSCH". For detailed
Dynami information of this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.308.
c Code GUI Value Range: 1~15
Allocati Unit: None
on
Based Actual Value Range: 1~15
on Node Default Value: 5
B
15
Codes
per Cell

CodeAd BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Whether to enable the HSDPA-based code
jForHsd 0 UCELL 0106100 Static reshuffling function. When the HSDPA-based code
paSwitc HSDPA 5 Code reshuffling function is enabled, codes occupied by R99
h MOD Allocati services are reshuffled in descending order of the code
UCELL on and number to release the shared code resources of adjacent
HSDPA RNC- HSDPA UEs.
Controll GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
ed
Dynami Unit: None
c Code Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Allocati Default Value: ON(ON)
on

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CodeAd BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Whether to enable the HSDPA-based code
jForHsd 0 UCELL 0106100 Static reshuffling function. When the HSDPA-based code
paSwitc HSDPA 5 Code reshuffling function is enabled, codes occupied by R99
h MOD Allocati services are reshuffled in descending order of the code
UCELL on and number to release the shared code resources of adjacent
HSDPA RNC- HSDPA UEs.
Controll GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
ed
Dynami Unit: None
c Code Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Allocati Default Value: ON(ON)
on

DlSfAd BSC690 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: 1. CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH: Whether


mAlgoS 0 UCELL 020101 on code resources occupied by RRC connection setups can
witch ALGOS Control be used for CS RAB setups.When this switch is set to
WITCH on, code resources occupied by RRC connection setups
MOD can be used for CS RAB setups if these resources do not
UCELL belong to the code resources reserved for handovers.
ALGOS When this switch is set to off, code resources occupied
WITCH by RRC connection setups cannot be used for CS RAB
setups no matter whether these resources belong to the
code resources reserved for handovers. 2.
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the F-
DPCH code allocation algorithm optimization function
is enabled.When this switch is turned on, the RNC uses
the vacant SF256 code with the smallest number as the
F-DPCH code. Moreover, if the RNC finds that an
SF256 code with the smaller number is released, the
RNC uses the released code as the F-DPCH code.When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not reallocate
the SF256 code with the smaller number as the F-DPCH
code.
GUI Value Range: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

DlSfAd BSC691 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: 1. CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH: Whether


mAlgoS 0 UCELL 020101 on code resources occupied by RRC connection setups can
witch ALGOS Control be used for CS RAB setups.When this switch is set to
WITCH on, code resources occupied by RRC connection setups
MOD can be used for CS RAB setups if these resources do not
UCELL belong to the code resources reserved for handovers.
ALGOS When this switch is set to off, code resources occupied
WITCH by RRC connection setups cannot be used for CS RAB
setups no matter whether these resources belong to the
code resources reserved for handovers. 2.
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the F-
DPCH code allocation algorithm optimization function
is enabled.When this switch is turned on, the RNC uses
the vacant SF256 code with the smallest number as the
F-DPCH code. Moreover, if the RNC finds that an
SF256 code with the smaller number is released, the
RNC uses the released code as the F-DPCH code.When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not reallocate
the SF256 code with the smaller number as the F-DPCH
code.
GUI Value Range: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:0

CodeAd BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: H-based code tree reshuffle user number
jForHsd 0 UCELL 0106100 Static threshold. When the switch "Code Adjust Switch for
paUserN HSDPA 5 Code HSDPA" is enabled, if the number of users on the tree
umThd MOD Allocati to be reshuffled is no greater than this parameter, the
UCELL on and reshuffle is allowed. Otherwise, the reshuffle is given
HSDPA RNC- up. This parameter limits the number of users involved
Controll in one reshuffle so that reshuffle on mass users at a time
ed is avoided.
Dynami GUI Value Range: 1~16
c Code
Allocati Unit: None
on Actual Value Range: 1~16
Default Value: 3

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CodeAd BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: H-based code tree reshuffle user number
jForHsd 0 UCELL 0106100 Static threshold. When the switch "Code Adjust Switch for
paUserN HSDPA 5 Code HSDPA" is enabled, if the number of users on the tree
umThd MOD Allocati to be reshuffled is no greater than this parameter, the
UCELL on and reshuffle is allowed. Otherwise, the reshuffle is given
HSDPA RNC- up. This parameter limits the number of users involved
Controll in one reshuffle so that reshuffle on mass users at a time
ed is avoided.
Dynami GUI Value Range: 1~16
c Code
Allocati Unit: None
on Actual Value Range: 1~16
Default Value: 3

MAXN BTS390 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the MAX HARQ Retransmission
ONCON 0, ULOCE 0106100 H-ARQ Times of Non-Conversational service in CELL DCH
VERHA BTS390 LLMAC 9 & state.
RQRT 0 HSPAR Scheduli GUI Value Range: 0~10
WCDM A ng
A (MAX Unit: None
LST
ULOCE C/I, RR Actual Value Range: 0~10
LLMAC and PF) Default Value: 4
HSPAR
A

MAXEF BTS390 SET WRFD- Downlin Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of blind
ACHHA 0, ULOCE 010688 k HARQ retransmissions for E-FACH users.
RQRT BTS390 LLMAC Enhance GUI Value Range: 0~10
0 HSPAR d
WCDM A CELL_F Unit: None
A LST ACH Actual Value Range: 0~10
ULOCE Default Value: 2
LLMAC
HSPAR
A

MAXEF BTS390 SET WRFD- Uplink Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of HARQ
ACHHS 0, ULOCE 010701 Enhance retransmissions when the UE in CELL_FACH supports
HARQR BTS390 LLMAC d the feedbacks over the HS-DPCCH.
T 0 HSPAR CELL_F GUI Value Range: 0~10
WCDM A ACH
A Unit: None
LST
ULOCE Actual Value Range: 0~10
LLMAC Default Value: 4
HSPAR
A

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 213


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SM BTS390 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the HSDPA Scheduling Method.
0, ULOCE 0106100 H-ARQ PF: The differences between channel environments of
BTS390 LLMAC 9 & users are considered in order to ensure equity among
0 HSPAR Scheduli users. Enhanced PF: This algorithm is an enhancement
WCDM A ng to PF. Channel quality is considered in order to reach
A LST (MAX high resource efficiency and gain a high system
ULOCE C/I, RR capacity. Round Robin: Scheduling opportunities are
LLMAC and PF) allocated among users simply and effectively on a
HSPAR polling basis. The system throughput is low. Max C/I:
A This algorithm brings about the maximum possible
system throughput, but it cannot ensures equity between
users or meet users' QoS requirements.
GUI Value Range: EPF(Enhanced PF), PF(PF), RR
(Round Robin), MAXCI(Max C/I), EPF_LOC
(Location based EPF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: EPF, PF, RR, MAXCI, EPF_LOC
Default Value: EPF(Enhanced PF)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 214


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HsPdsch BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: This parameter named Measure Power Offset
MPOCo 0 UCELL 010610 Introduc Constant is used to compute measurement power offset.
nstEnum HSDPA WRFD- tion Measurement power offset is used by UE to obtain total
MOD 0106100 Package received HS-PDSCH power. The calculation for
UCELL 4 HSDPA Measure Power Offset is shown below: Measure Power
HSDPA Power Offset = Max(-6, Min(13,CellMaxPower -
Control PcpichPower - Measure Power OffsetConstant)). For
details of the IE "Measure Power Offset", see 3GPP TS
25.214.
GUI Value Range: Minus3.0DB(-3.0dB), Minus2.5DB
(-2.5dB), Minus2.0DB(-2.0dB), Minus1.5DB(-1.5dB),
Minus1.0DB(-1.0dB), Minus0.5DB(-0.5dB), 0.0DB
(0.0dB), 0.5DB(0.5dB), 1.0DB(1.0dB), 1.5DB(1.5dB),
2.0DB(2.0dB), 2.5DB(2.5dB), 3.0DB(3.0dB), 3.5DB
(3.5dB), 4.0DB(4.0dB), 4.5DB(4.5dB), 5.0DB(5.0dB),
5.5DB(5.5dB), 6.0DB(6.0dB), 6.5DB(6.5dB), 7.0DB
(7.0dB), 7.5DB(7.5dB), 8.0DB(8.0dB), 8.5DB(8.5dB),
9.0DB(9.0dB), 9.5DB(9.5dB), 10.0DB(10.0dB),
10.5DB(10.5dB), 11.0DB(11.0dB), 11.5DB(11.5dB),
12.0DB(12.0dB), 12.5DB(12.5dB), 13.0DB(13.0dB),
13.5DB(13.5dB), 14.0DB(14.0dB), 14.5DB(14.5dB),
15.0DB(15.0dB), 15.5DB(15.5dB), 16.0DB(16.0dB),
16.5DB(16.5dB), 17.0DB(17.0dB), 17.5DB(17.5dB),
18.0DB(18.0dB), 18.5DB(18.5dB), 19.0DB(19.0dB)
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -3.0, -2.5, -2.0, -1.5, -1.0, -0.5, 0.0,
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5,
7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, 10.0, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0,
12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0,
17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0
Default Value: 2.5DB(2.5dB)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HsPdsch BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: This parameter named Measure Power Offset
MPOCo 0 UCELL 010610 Introduc Constant is used to compute measurement power offset.
nstEnum HSDPA WRFD- tion Measurement power offset is used by UE to obtain total
MOD 0106100 Package received HS-PDSCH power. The calculation for
UCELL 4 HSDPA Measure Power Offset is shown below: Measure Power
HSDPA Power Offset = Max(-6, Min(13,CellMaxPower -
Control PcpichPower - Measure Power OffsetConstant)). For
details of the IE "Measure Power Offset", see 3GPP TS
25.214.
GUI Value Range: Minus3.0DB(-3.0dB), Minus2.5DB
(-2.5dB), Minus2.0DB(-2.0dB), Minus1.5DB(-1.5dB),
Minus1.0DB(-1.0dB), Minus0.5DB(-0.5dB), 0.0DB
(0.0dB), 0.5DB(0.5dB), 1.0DB(1.0dB), 1.5DB(1.5dB),
2.0DB(2.0dB), 2.5DB(2.5dB), 3.0DB(3.0dB), 3.5DB
(3.5dB), 4.0DB(4.0dB), 4.5DB(4.5dB), 5.0DB(5.0dB),
5.5DB(5.5dB), 6.0DB(6.0dB), 6.5DB(6.5dB), 7.0DB
(7.0dB), 7.5DB(7.5dB), 8.0DB(8.0dB), 8.5DB(8.5dB),
9.0DB(9.0dB), 9.5DB(9.5dB), 10.0DB(10.0dB),
10.5DB(10.5dB), 11.0DB(11.0dB), 11.5DB(11.5dB),
12.0DB(12.0dB), 12.5DB(12.5dB), 13.0DB(13.0dB),
13.5DB(13.5dB), 14.0DB(14.0dB), 14.5DB(14.5dB),
15.0DB(15.0dB), 15.5DB(15.5dB), 16.0DB(16.0dB),
16.5DB(16.5dB), 17.0DB(17.0dB), 17.5DB(17.5dB),
18.0DB(18.0dB), 18.5DB(18.5dB), 19.0DB(19.0dB)
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -3.0, -2.5, -2.0, -1.5, -1.0, -0.5, 0.0,
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0, 5.5, 6.0, 6.5,
7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.0, 9.5, 10.0, 10.5, 11.0, 11.5, 12.0,
12.5, 13.0, 13.5, 14.0, 14.5, 15.0, 15.5, 16.0, 16.5, 17.0,
17.5, 18.0, 18.5, 19.0
Default Value: 2.5DB(2.5dB)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

HappyB BSC690 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Happy bit rate. This parameter defines the
R 0 UUSER 0106101 Flow happy bit rate of the best effort (BE) service with
HAPPY 0 Control different user priorities. The RNC sends the happy bit
BR WRFD- Differen rate to the NodeB through the Iub interface. When the
020806 tiated NodeB resource is limited and the HS-DSCH bit rate of
Service the user exceeds the Happy bit rate, the HS-DSCH
WRFD- scheduling priority will be decreased. When this
0106110 Based
on SPI parameter is set to 0, it indicates that NodeB will not
3 adjust the HS-DSCH scheduling priority. This value of
Weight
parameter can be set by "HappyBR" in the "ADD
Scheduli UOPERUSERHAPPYBR" command. If the value of
ng based "HappyBR" in the "ADD UOPERUSERHAPPYBR"
on EPF command is larger than 5000, it will be set to the
and minimum of the "HappyBR" parameter value in the
GBR "SET UUSERHAPPYBR" and 5000.
GUI Value Range: 0~27900
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 0~27900
Default Value: 0

HappyB BSC691 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Happy bit rate. This parameter defines the
R 0 UUSER 0106101 Flow happy bit rate of the best effort (BE) service with
HAPPY 0 Control different user priorities. The RNC sends the happy bit
BR WRFD- Differen rate to the NodeB through the Iub interface. When the
020806 tiated NodeB resource is limited and the HS-DSCH bit rate of
Service the user exceeds the Happy bit rate, the HS-DSCH
WRFD- scheduling priority will be decreased. When this
0106110 Based
on SPI parameter is set to 0, it indicates that NodeB will not
3 adjust the HS-DSCH scheduling priority. This value of
Weight
parameter can be set by "HappyBR" in the "ADD
Scheduli UOPERUSERHAPPYBR" command. If the value of
ng based "HappyBR" in the "ADD UOPERUSERHAPPYBR"
on EPF command is larger than 5000, it will be set to the
and minimum of the "HappyBR" parameter value in the
GBR "SET UUSERHAPPYBR" and 5000.
GUI Value Range: 0~27900
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 0~27900
Default Value: 0

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RSCLM BTS390 SET WRFD- Scheduli Meaning: Indicates the Resource Limiting Switch. The
SW 0, ULOCE 0106110 ng based function will be enabled if this parameter is set to OPEN.
BTS390 LLMAC 3 on EPF When the resource usage is above the threshold, the
0 HSPAR and throughput may be improved (for example, large GBRs
WCDM A GBR configured for users at the cell edge).
A LST GUI Value Range: OPEN(open), CLOSE(close)
ULOCE Unit: None
LLMAC
HSPAR Actual Value Range: OPEN, CLOSE
A Default Value: OPEN(open)

SPI BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Relative priority when RAB data in the PS
0 USPIW 010612 Introduc domain is scheduled. The larger the value of this
EIGHT WRFD- tion parameter, the higher the scheduling priority. Values
0106120 Package 2-11 indicate the scheduling priorities of background
9 HSUPA and interactive services.Value 12 indicates the
HARQ scheduling priority of the streaming service. Value 13
WRFD- indicates the scheduling priority of the conversational
020806 and Fast
UL service. Value 14 indicates the scheduling priority of the
WRFD- Scheduli IMS signaling. Value 15 indicates the scheduling
0106110 ng in priority of the SRB service. Values 0 and 1 are reserved
3 Node B for other services.

Differen GUI Value Range: 0~15


tiated Unit: None
Service Actual Value Range: 0~15
Based
on SPI Default Value: None
Weight
Scheduli
ng based
on EPF
and
GBR

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SPI BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Relative priority when RAB data in the PS
0 USPIW 010612 Introduc domain is scheduled. The larger the value of this
EIGHT WRFD- tion parameter, the higher the scheduling priority. Values
0106120 Package 2-11 indicate the scheduling priorities of background
9 HSUPA and interactive services.Value 12 indicates the
HARQ scheduling priority of the streaming service. Value 13
WRFD- indicates the scheduling priority of the conversational
020806 and Fast
UL service. Value 14 indicates the scheduling priority of the
WRFD- Scheduli IMS signaling. Value 15 indicates the scheduling
0106110 ng in priority of the SRB service. Values 0 and 1 are reserved
3 Node B for other services.

Differen GUI Value Range: 0~15


tiated Unit: None
Service Actual Value Range: 0~15
Based
on SPI Default Value: None
Weight
Scheduli
ng based
on EPF
and
GBR

SpiWeig BSC690 SET WRFD- Scheduli Meaning: Weight for service scheduling priority. This
ht 0 USPIW 0106110 ng based weight is used in two algorithms. In scheduling
EIGHT 3 on EPF algorithm, it is used to adjust the handling priority for
WRFD- and different services. In Iub congestion algorithm, it is used
020806 GBR to allocate bandwidth for different services. If the
Differen weight is higher, it is more possible to increase the
WRFD- handling priority of the user or get more Iub bandwidth,
150204 tiated
Service respectively.
Based GUI Value Range: 1~100
on SPI Unit: %
Weight
Actual Value Range: 1~100
Platinu
m User Default Value: 100
Prioritizi
ng

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 219


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SpiWeig BSC691 SET WRFD- Scheduli Meaning: Weight for service scheduling priority. This
ht 0 USPIW 0106110 ng based weight is used in two algorithms. In scheduling
EIGHT 3 on EPF algorithm, it is used to adjust the handling priority for
WRFD- and different services. In Iub congestion algorithm, it is used
020806 GBR to allocate bandwidth for different services. If the
Differen weight is higher, it is more possible to increase the
WRFD- handling priority of the user or get more Iub bandwidth,
150204 tiated
Service respectively.
Based GUI Value Range: 1~100
on SPI Unit: %
Weight
Actual Value Range: 1~100
Platinu
m User Default Value: 100
Prioritizi
ng

LOCWE BTS390 SET WRFD- EPF_LO Meaning: Indicates the weight of the EPF_LOC (user
IGHT 0, ULOCE 140221 C location-based EPF) algorithm. A larger parameter
BTS390 LLMAC value indicates more factors that should be considered
0 HSPAR for user location-based HSDPA scheduling scheme.
WCDM A GUI Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3
A LST Unit: None
ULOCE
LLMAC Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3
HSPAR Default Value: 1
A

MXPW BTS390 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the Max Power Per Hs-user.
RPHUS 0, ULOCE 0106100 H-ARQ GUI Value Range: 1~100
R BTS390 LLMAC 9 &
0 HSPAR Scheduli Unit: %
WCDM A ng Actual Value Range: 1~100
A LST (MAX Default Value: 100
ULOCE C/I, RR
LLMAC and PF)
HSPAR
A

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 220


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RSCAL BTS390 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the Resource Allocate Method.
LOCM 0, ULOCE 0106100 H-ARQ Radio resources indicate HSDPA available power
BTS390 LLMAC 9 & resources and code resources. Code Priority: The code
0 HSPAR Scheduli resource priority allocation scheme mainly applies to
WCDM A ng scenarios where power resources are limited. In
A LST (MAX scenarios where power resources are not limited, this
ULOCE C/I, RR scheme lowers the system throughput. Power Priority:
LLMAC and PF) The power resource priority allocation scheme mainly
HSPAR applies to scenarios where code resources are limited.
A In scenarios where code resources are not limited, this
scheme lowers the system throughput. Balance between
Code and Power: The power-code balanced scheme
avoids exhaustion of either type of resources, improves
the resource use efficiency and improves the cell
capacity.
GUI Value Range: CODE_PRI(Code Priority),
POWER_PRI(Power Priority), POWERCODE_BAL
(Balance between Code and Power)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CODE_PRI, POWER_PRI,
POWERCODE_BAL
Default Value: POWERCODE_BAL(Balance between
Code and Power)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 221


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

ULOCE BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the reserved parameter 1.
LLRSV 0, ULOCE GUI Value Range: RSVDBIT1(Reserved Switch 1),
DPARA BTS390 LLRSV RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch 2), RSVDBIT3
1 0 DPARA (Reserved Switch 3), RSVDBIT4(Reserved Switch 4),
WCDM LST RSVDBIT5(Reserved Switch 5), RSVDBIT6
A ULOCE (Reserved Switch 6), RSVDBIT7(Reserved Switch 7),
LLRSV RSVDBIT8(Reserved Switch 8), RSVDBIT9
DPARA (Reserved Switch 9), RSVDBIT10(Reserved Switch
10), RSVDBIT11(Reserved Switch 11), RSVDBIT12
(Reserved Switch 12), RSVDBIT13(Reserved Switch
13), RSVDBIT14(Reserved Switch 14), RSVDBIT15
(Reserved Switch 15), RSVDBIT16(Reserved Switch
16), RSVDBIT17(Reserved Switch 17), RSVDBIT18
(Reserved Switch 18), RSVDBIT19(Reserved Switch
19), RSVDBIT20(Reserved Switch 20), RSVDBIT21
(Reserved Switch 21), RSVDBIT22(Reserved Switch
22), RSVDBIT23(Reserved Switch 23), RSVDBIT24
(Reserved Switch 24), RSVDBIT25(Reserved Switch
25), RSVDBIT26(Reserved Switch 26), RSVDBIT27
(Reserved Switch 27), RSVDBIT28(Reserved Switch
28), RSVDBIT29(Reserved Switch 29), RSVDBIT30
(Reserved Switch 30), RSVDBIT31(Reserved Switch
31), RSVDBIT32(Reserved Switch 32)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSVDBIT1, RSVDBIT2,
RSVDBIT3, RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5, RSVDBIT6,
RSVDBIT7, RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9, RSVDBIT10,
RSVDBIT11, RSVDBIT12, RSVDBIT13,
RSVDBIT14, RSVDBIT15, RSVDBIT16,
RSVDBIT17, RSVDBIT18, RSVDBIT19,
RSVDBIT20, RSVDBIT21, RSVDBIT22,
RSVDBIT23, RSVDBIT24, RSVDBIT25,
RSVDBIT26, RSVDBIT27, RSVDBIT28,
RSVDBIT29, RSVDBIT30, RSVDBIT31,
RSVDBIT32
Default Value: RSVDBIT1:OFF, RSVDBIT2:OFF,
RSVDBIT3:OFF, RSVDBIT4:OFF, RSVDBIT5:OFF,
RSVDBIT6:OFF, RSVDBIT7:OFF, RSVDBIT8:OFF,
RSVDBIT9:OFF, RSVDBIT10:OFF,
RSVDBIT11:OFF, RSVDBIT12:OFF,
RSVDBIT13:OFF, RSVDBIT14:OFF,
RSVDBIT15:OFF, RSVDBIT16:OFF,
RSVDBIT17:OFF, RSVDBIT18:OFF,
RSVDBIT19:OFF, RSVDBIT20:OFF,
RSVDBIT21:OFF, RSVDBIT22:OFF,
RSVDBIT23:OFF, RSVDBIT24:OFF,

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 222


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

RSVDBIT25:OFF, RSVDBIT26:OFF,
RSVDBIT27:OFF, RSVDBIT28:OFF,
RSVDBIT29:OFF, RSVDBIT30:OFF,
RSVDBIT31:OFF, RSVDBIT32:OFF

CQIADJ BTS390 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Indicates the Channel Quality Indicator(CQI)
ALGOF 0, ULOCE 0106100 Power Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational
NONCO BTS390 LLMAC 4 Control Service. Not CQI Adjust Algorithm: CQI correction is
N 0 HSPAR not performed. CQI Adjusted by IBLER: CQI
WCDM A correction is performed for non-conversational services
A LST based on the fixed IBLER. The IBLER will converge to
ULOCE this target value. CQI Adjusted by Dynamic BLER: CQI
LLMAC correction is performed for non-conversational services
HSPAR based on the dynamic BLER target value. The BLER
A target value will be dynamically adjusted based on
channel quality fluctuations, thereby achieving optimal
throughput. The BLER will converge to the target value
through CQI correction.
GUI Value Range: NO_CQI_ADJ(Not CQI Adjust
Algorithm), CQI_ADJ_BY_IBLER(CQI Adjusted by
IBLER), CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER(CQI Adjusted
by Dynamic BLER)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NO_CQI_ADJ,
CQI_ADJ_BY_IBLER, CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER
Default Value: NO_CQI_ADJ(Not CQI Adjust
Algorithm)

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 223


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

NodeBP BSC690 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning: Protocol version supported by the NodeB.
rotclVer 0 UNODE 010699 HSDPA This parameter is modified based on the actual protocol
B WRFD- +MIMO version of the NodeB when the NodeB protocol version
MOD 010698 HSPA+ upgrade, otherwise it will cause features supported by
UNODE Uplink the new protocol version unavailable.
WRFD-
B 11.5Mbi GUI Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9
010651
t/s per Unit: None
WRFD- User
010652 Actual Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9
HSDPA
WRFD- Default Value: R9
over Iur
010693
SRB
WRFD- over
010695 HSDPA
WRFD- DL
010694 64QAM
WRFD- +MIMO
010697 UL
WRFD- Layer 2
010696 Improve
ment
WRFD-
010686 UL
16QAM
WRFD-
140203 E-
DPCCH
WRFD- Boostin
020126 g
WRFD- DC-
010703 HSDPA
WRFD- CPC -
010702 DTX /
WRFD- DRX
010689 HSPA+
WRFD- Uplink
010101 23 Mbit/
s per
WRFD-
User
010687
Mobility
WRFD-
Between
010685
UMTS
WRFD- and LTE
010683 Phase 1
WRFD- HSPA+
010680 Downlin

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 224


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

WRFD- k
010681 84Mbit/
WRFD- s per
010618 User

WRFD- Enhance
0106140 d DRX
3 HSPA+
WRFD- Downlin
010636 k
42Mbps
WRFD-
per User
010635
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
CPC -
HS-
SCCH
less
operatio
n
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
HSPA+
Downlin
k
28Mbps
per User
HSPA+
Downlin
k
21Mbps
per User
IMS
Signalin
g over
HSPA
HSUPA
2ms TTI

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 225


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SRB
over
HSUPA
HSUPA
over Iur

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 226


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

NodeBP BSC691 ADD WRFD- DC- Meaning: Protocol version supported by the NodeB.
rotclVer 0 UNODE 010699 HSDPA This parameter is modified based on the actual protocol
B WRFD- +MIMO version of the NodeB when the NodeB protocol version
MOD 010698 HSPA+ upgrade, otherwise it will cause features supported by
UNODE Uplink the new protocol version unavailable.
WRFD-
B 11.5Mbi GUI Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9
010651
t/s per Unit: None
WRFD- User
010652 Actual Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9
HSDPA
WRFD- Default Value: R9
over Iur
010693
SRB
WRFD- over
010695 HSDPA
WRFD- DL
010694 64QAM
WRFD- +MIMO
010697 UL
WRFD- Layer 2
010696 Improve
ment
WRFD-
010686 UL
16QAM
WRFD-
140203 E-
DPCCH
WRFD- Boostin
020126 g
WRFD- DC-
010703 HSDPA
WRFD- CPC -
010702 DTX /
WRFD- DRX
010689 HSPA+
WRFD- Uplink
010101 23 Mbit/
s per
WRFD-
User
010687
Mobility
WRFD-
Between
010685
UMTS
WRFD- and LTE
010683 Phase 1
WRFD- HSPA+
010680 Downlin

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 227


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

WRFD- k
010681 84Mbit/
WRFD- s per
010618 User

WRFD- Enhance
0106140 d DRX
3 HSPA+
WRFD- Downlin
010636 k
42Mbps
WRFD-
per User
010635
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
CPC -
HS-
SCCH
less
operatio
n
Downlin
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
HSPA+
Downlin
k
28Mbps
per User
HSPA+
Downlin
k
21Mbps
per User
IMS
Signalin
g over
HSPA
HSUPA
2ms TTI

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 228


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

SRB
over
HSUPA
HSUPA
over Iur

TRFX BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Traffic index. ATM traffic record indexes are
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc used by the upper layers of the ATM layer. The upper
F WRFD- tion layers consist of the SAAL link, AAL2 path, and IPoA
MOD 050305 Package PVC. Each ATM traffic record is uniquely numbered
ATMTR UBR+ within a RNC by using an ATM traffic record index. An
WRFD- ATM traffic record index ranges from 100 to 1999 (1 to
F 050301 ATM
QoS 99 are reserved for internal use). The numbering is not
RMV WRFD- necessarily consecutive. Specify different number
ATMTR Class
010697 ranges for different interfaces. For example, specify the
F ATM range of 100 to 199 for ATM traffic record indexes over
Transmi Iub, the range of 200 to 299 for ATM traffic record
ssion indexes over Iur, the range of 300 to 399 for ATM traffic
Introduc record indexes over Iu-CS, and the range of 400 to 499
tion for ATM traffic record indexes over Iu-PS. Specify
Package different ranges of ATM traffic record indexes for
E- different links over an interface. For example, over the
DPCCH Iub interface, specify the range of 100 to 149 for ATM
Boostin traffic record indexes of SAAL links, the range of 150
g to 179 for ATM traffic record indexes of AAL2 paths,
and the range of 180 to 189 for ATM traffic record
indexes of IPoA PVCs.
GUI Value Range: 100~1999
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 100~1999
Default Value: None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 229


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

TRFX BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Traffic index. ATM traffic record indexes are
0 ATMTR 010610 Introduc used by the upper layers of the ATM layer. The upper
F WRFD- tion layers consist of the SAAL link, AAL2 path, and IPoA
MOD 010697 Package PVC. Each ATM traffic record is uniquely numbered
ATMTR E- within a RNC by using an ATM traffic record index. An
F DPCCH ATM traffic record index ranges from 100 to 1999 (1 to
Boostin 99 are reserved for internal use). The numbering is not
RMV necessarily consecutive. Specify different number
ATMTR g
ranges for different interfaces. For example, specify the
F range of 100 to 199 for ATM traffic record indexes over
Iub, the range of 200 to 299 for ATM traffic record
indexes over Iur, and the range of 300 to 399 for ATM
traffic record indexes over Iu-CS. Specify different
ranges of ATM traffic record indexes for different links
over an interface. For example, over the Iub interface,
specify the range of 100 to 149 for ATM traffic record
indexes of SAAL links, the range of 150 to 179 for ATM
traffic record indexes of AAL2 paths, and the range of
180 to 189 for ATM traffic record indexes of IPoA
PVCs.
GUI Value Range: 100~1999
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 100~1999
Default Value: None

AAL2P BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Service type of carried over the PATH. For
ATHT 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub R99, only the R99 service can be carried. For HSPA,
ATH 1 Transmi only the HSPA service can be carried. For SHARE, R99
MOD WRFD- ssion and HSPA services can be carried at the same time.
AAL2P 0503010 Control GUI Value Range: R99(R99), HSPA(HSPA), SHARE
ATH 4 Dynami (SHARE)
c AAL2 Unit: None
Connect
ions in Actual Value Range: R99, HSPA, SHARE
Iub/ Default Value: None
IuCS/Iur
Interface

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 230


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

AAL2P BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dedicate Meaning: Service type of carried over the PATH. For
ATHT 0 AAL2P 0213050 d Iub R99, only the R99 service can be carried. For HSPA,
ATH 1 Transmi only the HSPA service can be carried. For SHARE, R99
MOD WRFD- ssion and HSPA services can be carried at the same time.
AAL2P 0503010 Control GUI Value Range: R99(R99), HSPA(HSPA), SHARE
ATH 4 Dynami (SHARE)
c AAL2 Unit: None
Connect
ions in Actual Value Range: R99, HSPA, SHARE
Iub/ Default Value: None
IuCS/Iur
Interface

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 231


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

PATHT BSC690 ADD WRFD- One Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of an IP
0 IPPATH 020111 Tunnel path. It indicates the priority of the user plane data that
WRFD- IP is carried on the IP path. The mapping between the
050402 Transmi priority of the user plane data and IP path is configured
ssion through the "ADD TRMMAP" command. An IP path is
WRFD- of either the QoS type or the non-QoS type. For
050403 Introduc
tion on example, the IP paths used to carry BE data, AF data,
WRFD- Iub and EF data are all of the non-QoS type. Different data
050404 Interface can share the bandwidth of a QoS-type IP path. The
WRFD- bandwidth of a non-QoS type IP path, however, cannot
Hybrid be shared. IP path in hybrid IP transmission can be
050409 Iub IP further categorized into high-priority IP path and low-
Transmi priority IP path (identified as LQ_xx). When the bearing
ssion type of the physical port is PPP or MP, the IP path is
ATM/IP recommended to be configured as a high-priority path.
Dual When the physical port is an Ethernet port, the IP path
Stack is recommended to be configured as a low-priority path.
Node B For the non-QoS type IP path, the priority of EF data is
IP higher than that of AF data, which in turn is higher than
Transmi that of BE data. The actual priority of user plane data,
ssion however, is set through the "SET PHBMAP" command.
Introduc GUI Value Range: BE(BE), AF11(AF11), AF12
tion on (AF12), AF13(AF13), AF21(AF21), AF22(AF22),
Iu AF23(AF23), AF31(AF31), AF32(AF32), AF33
Interface (AF33), AF41(AF41), AF42(AF42), AF43(AF43), EF
(EF), QoS(QoS), LQ_BE(LQ_BE), LQ_AF11
(LQ_AF11), LQ_AF12(LQ_AF12), LQ_AF13
(LQ_AF13), LQ_AF21(LQ_AF21), LQ_AF22
(LQ_AF22), LQ_AF23(LQ_AF23), LQ_AF31
(LQ_AF31), LQ_AF32(LQ_AF32), LQ_AF33
(LQ_AF33), LQ_AF41(LQ_AF41), LQ_AF42
(LQ_AF42), LQ_AF43(LQ_AF43), LQ_EF(LQ_EF),
LQ_QOS(LQ_QOS)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: QoS, BE, AF11, AF12, AF13,
AF21, AF22, AF23, AF31, AF32, AF33, AF41, AF42,
AF43, EF, LQ_QOS, LQ_BE, LQ_AF11, LQ_AF12,
LQ_AF13, LQ_AF21, LQ_AF22, LQ_AF23,
LQ_AF31, LQ_AF32, LQ_AF33, LQ_AF41,
LQ_AF42, LQ_AF43, LQ_EF
Default Value: None

Issue 02 (2014-09-15) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 232


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd

CellId BSC690 ACT None None Meaning: The logical cell ID uniquely identifies a cell
0 UCELL in a radio network. The logical cell ID is configured at
HSDPA the RNC. The RNC sends the cell ID to the base station
ADD during a cell setup procedure. The mapping between
UCELL logical cell IDs and local cell IDs are configured at the
HSDPA RNC. The RNC supports a maximum of 5100 logical
cells. Logical cells are uniquely but not necessarily
DEA consecutively numbered within a RNC. For example,
UCELL you can set the ID of a logical cell to 0 and that of another
HSDPA logical cell to 2. For clear and easy identification, adhere
MOD to the following numbering principles: Specify different
UCELL number ranges for logical cells in different subracks.
HSDPA For example, you can specify the range of 0 to 899 for
RMV the logical cells in subrack 0 (MPS) and the range of
UCELL 900 to 179